Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 2013

Registration No. 333-192246

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Marshall Islands   4412   N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

(011) 377 9798 5716

 

Seward & Kissel LLP

Attention: Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

Edward S. Horton, Esq.

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)  

(Name, address and telephone number of agent

for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

Edward S. Horton, Esq.

Seward & Kissel LLP

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1223 (telephone number)

(212) 480-8421 (facsimile number)

 

Stephen P. Farrell, Esq.

Finnbarr D. Murphy, Esq.

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178

(212) 309-6000 (telephone number)

(212) 309-6001 (facsimile number)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(3)

Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share

  $175,000,000   $22,540(4)

 

 

(1) Includes              common shares that may be sold pursuant to exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(4) The amount of the registration fee is $22,540, of which $12,880 was paid in connection with the initial filing of the registration statement on Form F-1 on November 8, 2013, and the remaining amount of $9,660 was paid in connection with the filing of this Amendment No. 1 on Form F-1.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 27, 2013

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS  

             Common Shares

 

LOGO

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

 

 

This is our initial public offering of common shares in the United States. Currently our common shares are not listed on any United States securities exchange.

Our common shares are traded on the Norwegian OTC List, an over-the-counter market that is administered and operated by a subsidiary of the Norwegian Securities Dealers Association, under the symbol “SALT.” On                     , 2013, the closing price of our common shares was              Norwegian Kroner (“NOK”) per share, which was equivalent to approximately $         per share based on the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK              per $1.00 in effect on that date.

 

 

We have applied to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SALT.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and we are eligible for reduced reporting requirements. See “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common shares involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 18.

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting.”

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              common shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              common shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares against payment in New York on                     , 2013.

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Credit Suisse

 

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

THE OFFERING

     13   

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     15   

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     16   

RISK FACTORS

     18   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     44   

CAPITALIZATION

     45   

SHARE PRICE INFORMATION

     46   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     47   

DILUTION

     48   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     49   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     50   

INDUSTRY AND MARKET CONDITIONS

     56   

BUSINESS

     71   

MANAGEMENT

     93   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     100   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     102   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     103   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     109   

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

     110   

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     114   

UNDERWRITING

     124   

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     128   

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     128   

LEGAL MATTERS

     128   

EXPERTS

     129   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     129   

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     130   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with additional, different or inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is effective. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus unless otherwise specified herein. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of these securities outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of these securities and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Until                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information that appears later in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. As an investor or prospective investor, you should carefully review the entire prospectus, including the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and the more detailed information that appears later in this prospectus before making an investment in our common shares. The information presented in this prospectus assumes, unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares is not exercised.

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Scorpio Bulkers,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to the registrant, Scorpio Bulkers Inc., and its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. We use the term deadweight tons, or dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, in describing the size of our vessels. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” “U.S. $” and “$” in this prospectus are to the lawful currency of the United States of America and references to “Norwegian Kroner” and “NOK” are to the lawful currency of Norway.

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we plan to offer to exchange all of the unregistered common shares that we previously issued in the Equity Private Placements (referred to below), other than the common shares owned by SSH and other affiliates of ours, for common shares that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which we refer to as the Exchange Offer. We have filed a registration statement on Form F-4 to register the common shares to be offered by us in the Exchange Offer. We expect such registration statement to become effective concurrently with the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our Business

We are an international shipping company that was recently incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage. The drybulk carriers that we have agreed to acquire for an aggregate purchase price of $1,307.8 million, will transport a broad range of major and minor bulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and will be employed primarily in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools of similarly sized vessels. Our initial fleet will consist of 43 newbuilding drybulk vessels, including 26 Ultramax vessels, 14 Kamsarmax vessels and three Capesize vessels, each with a carrying capacity of between 60,000 dwt and 180,000 dwt and an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 3.3 million dwt. We refer to these vessels as our Initial Fleet. Until we take delivery of one or more of the vessels in our Initial Fleet, which is expected to occur in the first quarter of 2015, we do not anticipate earning a material amount of revenues from our operations unless we charter-in vessels or purchase recently delivered newbuilding vessels. The vessels in our Initial Fleet are to be constructed at established shipyards in Japan, China and Romania and are scheduled to be delivered to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We have issued an aggregate of 97,240,411 common shares in three separate Norwegian private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act, resulting in net proceeds to us of $824.0 million, in aggregate, which we refer to collectively as the “Equity Private Placements.”

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have in excess of $         million of available cash from the net proceeds of this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $         per share (the closing price of our common shares on the Norwegian OTC List on December     , 2013 based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK              per $1.00 in effect on that date), and a portion of the net proceeds of $         from the Equity Private Placements. As of November 25, 2013, we have paid a total of $157.0 million in initial installment payments due under our shipbuilding contracts for our Initial Fleet. We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments of $1,150.8 million for our Initial Fleet with the net proceeds received from this offering, the remaining net proceeds we have received from the Equity Private Placements, other available cash on hand, cash flows from operations after the delivery of one or more vessels in our Initial Fleet, borrowings under new secured credit facilities, and from securities offered in the public and private debt and equity capital markets. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in obtaining the necessary financing to fund all of our remaining contractual obligations under our shipbuilding contracts or will be able to take delivery of all the vessels we have agreed to acquire.

In addition, we plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the net proceeds from future equity or debt offerings or both, together with the amounts we expect to be available to us under the credit facilities we plan to enter, to fund additional vessel acquisitions. Our intention is to acquire additional latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient vessel specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt, either directly from shipyards or from owners with existing newbuilding vessel contracts. We may also acquire secondhand vessels that meet our stringent vessel specifications. The timing of these vessel acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive acquisition terms. Although we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing, we intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of the Company’s vessels collateralizing its indebtedness on a consolidated basis.

Our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which in 2009 founded Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE: “STNG”), or Scorpio Tankers, a large international shipping company engaged in seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products, that as of November 8, 2013, owned or had contracted for the construction of 73 tanker vessels, of which Mr. Lauro is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The Lolli-Ghetti family also owns and controls the Scorpio Group, which includes Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, which provides us with vessel technical management services, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, which will provide us with vessel commercial management services, and Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, which provides us and other related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels. Our Co-Founder, President and Director, Mr. Robert Bugbee is also the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers, has a senior management position at the Scorpio Group, and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company. SSM and SCM also provide technical and commercial management services to Scorpio Tankers as well as unaffiliated vessel owners.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Relationship with the Scorpio Group

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies. Our vessel operations are managed under the supervision of our board of directors, by our management team and by members of the Scorpio Group of companies. We expect our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies will give us access to their relationships with major international charterers, lenders and shipbuilders. We will have access to Scorpio Group’s customer and supplier relationships and their technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively and operate our vessels on a cost efficient basis. The Scorpio Group, through SSH, is expected to beneficially own approximately     % of our common shares following the completion of this offering. Please see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

In addition to our relationship with Scorpio Tankers, we believe there are opportunities for us to benefit from operational, charterer and shipyard-based synergies due to our broader shared relationship with the Scorpio Group which includes:

 

   

SSM, which provides vessel technical management services for 27 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels.

 

   

SCM, which provides vessel commercial management services for 95 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels. SCM manages 79 vessels (excluding the vessels in our Initial Fleet) through the spot market-oriented Scorpio Group Pools, which include the Scorpio LR2 Pool, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio MR Pool and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool.

 

   

SSH, which provides us and related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will realize any benefits from our relationship with Scorpio Tankers or the Scorpio Group.

Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls SCM, our commercial manager, and SSM, our technical manager. These relationships, and other relationships between certain of our executive officers and members of the Scorpio Group, may create certain conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and other members of the Scorpio Group, including our commercial and technical manager, on the other hand. For example, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Operating Officer each participate in business activities not associated with us, including serving as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers, and are not required to work full-time on our affairs. Initially, we expect that each of our executive officers will devote a substantial portion of his business time to the completion of our drybulk carrier acquisition program and management of the Company. Additionally, our executive officers named above serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers, including in the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other members of the Scorpio Group. As result of these conflicts, it is not certain that these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor, and other members of the Scorpio Group, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or other owners’ interest over our interests. Please see “Risk Factors — Our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer will not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.”

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

The following table summarizes key information about our Initial Fleet as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Vessel Name

   Vessel
Type
   Shipyard(1)    Vessel Size (dwt)      Latest Scheduled
Delivery
Date(2)
 
(Firm Newbuildings To Be Constructed)                        

SBI Hera

   Ultramax    Mitsui      60,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Zeus

   Ultramax    Mitsui      60,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Leo

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q2 2015   

SBI Lyra

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Subaru

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Ursa

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Antares

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Bravo

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Hydra

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Maia

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Hyperion

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q2 2015   

SBI Tethys

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q2 2015   

SBI Echo

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Tango

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Cronos

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q1 2016   

SBI Hermes

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q1 2016   

SBI Hercules

   Ultramax    Chengxi      63,500         Q1 2016   

SBI Orion

   Ultramax    Chengxi      63,500         Q4 2015   

SBI Pegasus

   Ultramax    Chengxi      63,500         Q3 2015   

SBI Kratos

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Samson

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Phoenix

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q3 2016   

SBI Athena

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Thalia

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Phoebe

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Perseus

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Salsa

   Kamsarmax    Tsuneishi      81,600         Q3 2015   

SBI Merengue

   Kamsarmax    Tsuneishi      81,600         Q1 2016   

SBI Samba

   Kamsarmax    Imabari      84,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Rumba

   Kamsarmax    Imabari      84,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Capoeira

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Carioca

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Lambada

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q1 2016   

SBI Macarena

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Swing

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q3 2016   

SBI Jive

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q3 2016   

SBI Electra

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Flamenco

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Rock

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Twist

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q1 2016   

TBN

   Capesize    Daewoo      180,000         Q4 2015   

TBN

   Capesize    Daewoo      180,000         Q4 2015   

TBN

   Capesize    Daewoo      180,000         Q1 2016   

 

(1) As used in this prospectus, “Mitsui” refers to Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Dacks” refers to Dalian Cosclo KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd., “Nacks” refers to Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co., Ltd., “Chengxi” refers to Chengxi Shipyard Co., Ltd., “Imabari” refers to Imabari Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Tsuneishi” refers to Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc., “Hudong” refers to Hudong-Zhonghua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Inc. “Yangzijiang” refers to Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. and “Daewoo” refers to Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.
(2) Based on terms of the newbuilding contracts.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Employment of Our Fleet

Generally, we intend to operate our vessels in spot market-oriented commercial pools, in the spot market or, under certain circumstances, on time charters. We expect that each of the vessels in our Initial Fleet following their delivery to us will initially be employed in either the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool or the Scorpio Capesize Pool, which are newly-formed spot market-oriented pools with no history of operations that we expect will be formed after this offering but before delivery of the vessels in our Initial Fleet and will be managed by SCM and will expose us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. See “Business—Employment of our Fleet.”

Spot Market-Oriented Commercial Pools

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we intend to participate in commercial pools operated by SCM, in which other shipowners with similar, high-quality, modern and well-maintained vessels participate. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by attempting to secure backhaul voyages, which is when cargo is transported on the return leg of a journey, and cargo contracts of affreightment, or COAs, thus generating higher effective time charter equivalent, or TCE, revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market. Freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry in terms of TCE per day, which represent subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from voyage revenue and dividing the resulting net amount (TCE revenues) by the number of revenue days in the period, where revenue days are the number of days the vessel is owned less the number of days the vessel is offhire for drydock.

Spot Market

A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis. Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk vessel charter rates.

Time Charters

Time charters give us a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. In the future, we may opportunistically look to enter our vessels into time charter contracts should rates become more attractive. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit if the spot market increases.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Management of Our Business

Commercial and Technical Management

Upon delivery our vessels will be commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement that has an initial term of two years. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools (described below), and will manage the Scorpio Ultramax Pool and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool in which we expect our Initial Fleet will be employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we will compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial and Technical Management Agreements” for additional information.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a company affiliated with us. SSH also arranges acquisitions for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group. Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, we will reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above and a pro-rata portion of the salary incurred by SSH for an internal auditor. We will also pay SSH a fee for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings, equal to $250,000 per vessel, due upon delivery of the vessel, which is payable in our common shares. We have agreed to issue upon delivery of each vessel (i) 31,250 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the first 17 vessels in our Initial Fleet; (ii) 25,811 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next nine vessels in our Initial Fleet; (iii) 25,633 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next ten vessels in our Initial Fleet; (iv) 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each for the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Initial Fleet; and (v) 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Initial Fleet. For all future vessels the number of common shares issuable to SSH as payment is based on the market value of our common shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers of greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths in our industry, including:

Experienced management teams.     Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Since 2003, under the leadership of Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Scorpio Group, together with Scorpio Tankers, has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to an owner of 73 vessels, and an operator or manager of approximately 108 vessels, as of November 5, 2013. Mr. Robert Bugbee, our Co-Founder, President and Director, also holds a senior management position within the Scorpio Group and is the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers, has more than 27 years of experience in the shipping industry and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company until its sale in 2007. Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee are supported by Mr. Cameron Mackey, Mr. Hugh Baker, Mr. Luca Forgione, who serve as our Chief Operating Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our General Counsel, respectively, of whom, Messrs. Mackey and Forgione also serve as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers. Mr. Mackey is also a director of Scorpio Tankers. Messrs. Mackey, Baker and Forgione serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group and have 19, 21 and 10 years of experience, respectively, in the shipping industry, and, with Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee, collectively have over 77 years of combined shipping experience, and have developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer has experience in the ownership and operation of dry bulk carriers, through the Scorpio Group, which has owned and operated several dry bulk carriers, and in the upstream and downstream supply chain of dry bulk commodities, as founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Scorpio Logistics Ltd. Our executive officers are not required to work full-time on our affairs and also perform services for other companies, including Scorpio Tankers. Initially, we expect that our executive officers will devote a substantial portion of their business time to the completion of our drybulk carrier acquisition program and management of the Company.

Attractive Initial Fleet.     Our Initial Fleet of 43 newbuilding drybulk carriers, including 26 Ultramax vessels, 14 Kamsarmax vessels and three Capesize vessels, are scheduled to be delivered to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016. We believe that owning a modern, well-maintained fleet reduces operating costs, improves the quality of service we deliver and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters with high-quality counterparties. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these latest generation, fuel-efficient drybulk vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage.

Significant available liquidity to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities.     Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have at least $         million of available cash, including $        , which is a portion of the net proceeds from the Equity Private Placements, and net proceeds of $         million from this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share. We intend to use the substantial majority of our available cash, and borrowing capacity under the secured credit facilities we intend to enter, to pursue vessel acquisitions, including the acquisition of our Initial Fleet, consistent with our business strategy. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic acquisitions at attractive prices.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Access to attractive acquisition and chartering opportunities.     Scorpio Group, including Scorpio Tankers, has established strong global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, brokers and commercial shipping lenders. We believe that the Scorpio Group’s relationships with these counterparties and its strong sale and purchase track record and reputation as a creditworthy counterparty should provide us, as a member of the Scorpio Group, with access to attractive asset acquisitions, chartering and vessel financing opportunities.

High quality, cost efficient vessel opportunities.     We believe that Scorpio Group’s experience with the commercial and technical management of vessels and its reputation in the industry as an operator with high safety and quality operating standards will be important in establishing and retaining high quality charterers that are looking for reliable and responsible operators to meet their exacting standards for vessel chartering and day-to-day operation.

Our Business Strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and emerge as a successful owner and operator of drybulk vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

Expanding our fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of high-quality vessels at attractive prices.     We intend to acquire latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view this vessel class as providing attractive return characteristics given the relatively low vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.

Optimizing vessel revenues primarily through spot market exposure.     The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased from the record low levels of 647 in February 2012 to 1,994 on November 1, 2013. We expect the upward trend in drybulk carrier charter rates will continue for the near to medium term through the expected delivery of our Initial Fleet, and intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. There can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will continue to increase and the market could decline.

Focusing on drybulk carriers based on the experience and expertise of the Scorpio Group and our management team in the international shipping industry.     We believe that major international commodity companies seek transportation partners that are financially stable and have a reputation for reliability, safety, and high environmental and quality standards. We

 

 

8


Table of Contents

intend to leverage the operational expertise and customer base of the Scorpio Group and the members of our management team in order to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service.

Minimizing operating and corporate expenses.     Pursuant to the Master Agreement with SSM and SCM will coordinate and oversee the technical and commercial management of our fleet, respectively. We believe that SSM and SCM will be able to provide these services at costs that are lower than what we could achieve by performing these functions in-house.

Maintain a strong balance sheet through moderate use of leverage.     We plan to finance our Initial Fleet and future vessel acquisitions with a mix of debt and equity, but intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage over time, even though we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing. By maintaining moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of the vessels collateralizing our indebtedness, we expect to retain greater flexibility than our more leveraged competitors to operate our vessels under shorter spot or period charters. Charterers have increasingly favored financially solid vessel owners, and we believe that our expected balance sheet strength will enable us to access more favorable chartering opportunities, as well as give us a competitive advantage in pursuing vessel acquisitions from commercial banks and shipyards, which have also recently displayed a preference for contracting with well capitalized counterparties.

Recent and Other Developments

Vessel Acquisitions

Between August 8, 2013 and September 3, 2013, we entered into agreements with established shipyards for the construction of 13 Ultramax drybulk vessels with carrying capacities of between 61,000 and 64,000 dwt for an aggregate purchase price of $359.2 million, of which we have paid $70.0 million. During October 2013, we entered into agreements with established shipyards in Japan and China for the construction of 23 additional drybulk vessels, including 13 Ultramax vessels and ten Kamsarmax vessels, with carrying capacities of between 60,000 and 84,000 dwt for an aggregate purchase price of $670.6 million, of which we have paid $86.9 million. These newbuilding vessels are scheduled to be delivered to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016.

Through November 16, 2013, we entered into agreements for the construction of four Kamsarmax drybulk vessels with carrying capacities of approximately 82,000 dwt and three Capesize vessels with carrying capacities of approximately 180,000 dwt for an aggregate purchase price of $278.0 million. These newbuilding vessels are scheduled to be delivered between the third quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016.

Equity Private Placements

Between July 1, 2013 and July 16, 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation), par value $0.01 per share, for net proceeds of $242.8 million (the “July 2013 Private Placement”); on September 24, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.2 million (the “September 2013 Private Placement”); and on October 31, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 32,590,411 common shares for net proceeds of $291.0 million (the “October 2013 Private Placement”), in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from

 

 

9


Table of Contents

registration under the Securities Act. The July 2013 Private Placement, the September 2013 Private Placement and the October 2013 Private Placement are collectively referred to as the “Equity Private Placements.”

Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility

On October 15, 2013, we entered into a non-binding term sheet with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and other lenders named therein in connection with a proposed senior secured credit facility for up to $330.0 million that we expect to enter into after the completion of this offering. The proceeds of this senior secured credit facility are expected to fund a portion of the purchase price of the 22 of our newbuilding vessels that will secure this facility. This senior secured credit facility is subject to important conditions, including the negotiation and execution of definitive documentation. We refer to this senior secured credit facility as our “Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility.” Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Exchange Offer

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we plan to offer to exchange all of the unregistered common shares we previously issued in the Equity Private Placements, other than common shares owned by SSH and other affiliates of ours, for common shares that have been registered under the Securities Act, which we refer to as the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be made only by means of a prospectus and a related letter of transmittal. See “Business—Exchange Offer.”

Risk Factors

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategies. These risks relate to, among others, changes in the international shipping industry, including supply and demand, charter hire rates, commodity prices, a downturn in the global economy, hazards inherent in our industry and operations resulting in liability for damage to or destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage, inability to comply with covenants in the credit facilities we may enter into, inability to finance capital projects, and inability to successfully employ our drybulk carriers.

You should carefully consider the following risks, those risks described in “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common shares.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We were incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring newbuilding drybulk carriers.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

We had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement for our initial public offering;

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

 

   

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to our auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and our financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in “total annual gross revenues” during our most recently completed fiscal year, if we become a “large accelerated filer” with market capitalization of more than $700 million, or as of any date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt over the three year period to such date. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following diagram depicts our simplified organizational structure:

 

LOGO

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Our principal executive offices are located at 9, Boulevard Charles III, MC 98000 Monaco. Our telephone number at that address is (011) 377 9798 5716. We expect to own our vessels through separate wholly-owned subsidiaries that will be incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands or other jurisdictions generally acceptable to lenders in the shipping industry. Our website is www.scorpiobulkers.com. The information contained in or connected to our website is not part of this prospectus.

OTHER INFORMATION

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, you may encounter difficulty protecting your interests as shareholders, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal court system may be limited. Please refer to the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities” for more information.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

Common shares offered

             common shares (             common shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

Common shares outstanding immediately after the offering 1

             common shares (             common shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (approximately $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in each case after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. These estimates are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the closing price of our common shares on the Norwegian OTC List on December , 2013 based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK             per $1.00 in effect on that date).

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, as follows:

 

   

Approximately $         million for newbuilding vessel capital expenditures related to our Initial Fleet; and

 

   

Approximately $         million for general corporate purposes, including future vessel acquisitions and working capital.

 

  Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

Initially, we do not intend to pay dividends to the holders of our common shares but rather to invest our available cash in the growth of our fleet and development of our business. We will continue to assess our dividend policy and our board of directors may determine it is in the best interest of the Company to pay dividends in the future. Upon the delivery of one or more vessels in our Initial Fleet and depending on prevailing charter market conditions, our

 

1  

Based on 101,395,411 shares outstanding and excludes (i) 31,250 common shares issuable to SSH as payment, in part, for its services under the Administrative Services Agreement in connection with the delivery of each of the first 17 vessels in our Initial Fleet, 25,811 common shares in connection with the delivery of each of the next nine vessels in our Initial Fleet, 25,633 common shares in connection with the delivery of each of the next ten vessels in our Initial Fleet, 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Initial Fleet and 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Initial Fleet; and (ii) the remaining 707,021 common shares issuable under our Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

operating results and capital requirements and other relevant factors, our board of directors will re-evaluate our dividend policy. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

NYSE listing

We have applied to list our common shares for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol “SALT.”

 

Tax considerations

Because we have no current revenue producing operations, there is a significant risk that we will be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year, our 2014 taxable year or our 2015 taxable year. See “Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences.”

 

  Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payment of any dividends paid by us to our shareholders. See “Tax Considerations.”

 

Risk factors

Investment in our common shares involves a substantial risk. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common shares.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We were formed on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt in the international shipping markets. The following table summarizes our summary consolidated financial and other operating data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated financial data in the table as of September 30, 2013 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     For the period from
March 20, 2013

(date of inception) to
September 30, 2013
 
     ($ dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data

  

Revenue:

  

Vessel revenue

   $   
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

  

Voyage expenses

       

Vessel operating expenses

       

Depreciation and amortization

       

General and administrative expenses

     676   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     676   
  

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (676
  

 

 

 

Other income and expense:

  

Interest income

     19   

Foreign exchange loss

     (2,080
  

 

 

 

Total other income and expense

     (2,061
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,737
  

 

 

 

 

     As of
September 30, 2013
 
     ($ dollars in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 173,043   

Total assets

     261,610   

Current liabilities

     19,242   

Total liabilities

     19,242   

Shareholders’ equity

     242,368   

 

     For the period from
March 20, 2013

(date of inception) to
September 30, 2013
 
     ($ dollars in thousands)  

Cash Flow Data

  

Net cash inflow (outflow)

  

Operating activities

   $ (27

Investing activities

     (70,053

Financing activities

     243,123   

 

 

15


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements,” as defined by U.S. federal securities laws, with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business and our expectations or beliefs concerning future events. Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “projects,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could” and similar expressions or phrases may identify forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results.

In addition, important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include:

 

   

the strength of world economies;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates;

 

   

general drybulk market conditions, including fluctuations in charter hire rates and vessel values;

 

   

changes in demand in the drybulk shipping industry, including the market for our vessels;

 

   

changes in our operating expenses, including bunker prices, dry docking and insurance costs;

 

   

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

   

potential liability from pending or future litigation;

 

   

general domestic and international political conditions;

 

   

potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events;

 

   

the availability of financing and refinancing;

 

   

vessel breakdowns and instances of off-hire; and

 

   

other important factors described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

We have based these statements on assumptions and analyses formed by applying our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate in the circumstances. All future written and verbal forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, except as required by law, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

See the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of the

 

16


Table of Contents

important factors that could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common shares involves a substantial risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information included in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common shares. We operate in an intensely competitive industry. Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market, national and global economic conditions and the ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could cause our results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus, and could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition or operating results, which may reduce our ability to pay dividends and lower the trading price of our common shares.

Industry Specific Risk Factors

Charter hire rates for drybulk vessels are volatile and have declined significantly since their historic highs and may remain at low levels or decrease in the future, which may adversely affect our earnings, revenue and profitability and our ability to comply with our loan covenants.

The drybulk shipping industry is cyclical with high volatility in charter hire rates and profitability. The degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of drybulk vessels has varied widely; however, the continued downturn in the drybulk charter market has severely affected the entire drybulk shipping industry and charter hire rates for drybulk vessels have declined significantly from historically high levels. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, declined 94% in 2008 from a peak of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 663 in December 2008 and has remained volatile since then. The BDI recorded a record low of 647 in February 2012. While the BDI has increased from these low levels and has floated between 700 and 1,994 from December 2012 through and including November 1, 2013, there can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will continue to increase and the market could decline.

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we intend to charter all our vessels principally in the spot market we will be exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. We may be unable to keep our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets or charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to be operated profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would affect asset values and adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any.

Factors that influence demand for drybulk vessel capacity include:

 

   

supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities and industrial products;

 

   

changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

   

the location of regional and global exploration, production and manufacturing facilities;

 

   

the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

the globalization of production and manufacturing;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities; embargoes and strikes;

 

   

developments in international trade;

 

   

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;

 

   

environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

   

currency exchange rates; and

 

   

weather.

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

 

   

the number of newbuilding deliveries;

 

   

port and canal congestion;

 

   

the scrapping of older vessels;

 

   

vessel casualties; and

 

   

the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated freight rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk vessels will be dependent upon economic growth in the world’s economies, including China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global drybulk fleet and the sources and supply of drybulk cargo to be transported by sea. Given the number of new drybulk carriers currently on order with the shipyards, the capacity of the global drybulk carrier fleet seems likely to increase and there can be no assurance as to the timing or extent of future economic growth. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Global economic conditions may continue to negatively impact the drybulk shipping industry.

In the current global economy, operating businesses have recently faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, weak international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. Lower demand for drybulk cargoes as well as diminished trade credit available for the delivery of such cargoes have led to decreased demand for drybulk carriers, creating downward pressure on charter rates and vessel values. The relatively weak global economic conditions have and may continue to have a number of adverse consequences for drybulk and other shipping sectors, including, among other things:

 

   

low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters or in the spot market;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

decreases in the market value of drybulk vessels and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;

 

   

limited financing for vessels;

 

   

widespread loan covenant defaults; and

 

   

declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.

The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain financing or refinance our future credit facilities on acceptable terms, which may hinder or prevent us from operating or expanding our business.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. These issues, along with significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the current weak economic conditions, have made, and will likely continue to make, it difficult to obtain additional financing. The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available to the extent required, or that we will be able to refinance our future credit facilities, on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete the acquisition of our newbuildings and additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

If economic conditions throughout the world do not improve, it may impede our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy is currently facing a number of new challenges, recent turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East, including Syria, North Korea, North Africa and other geographic areas and countries. The weakness in the global economy has caused, and may continue to cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods and, thus, shipping. Continuing economic instability could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

The United States, the European Union and other parts of the world have recently been or are currently in a recession and continue to exhibit weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented and are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation

 

20


Table of Contents

of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws. Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be volatile. Credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide.

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the current adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. The recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the possible further declines in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, or the trading price of our common shares.

Continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect on us, as we anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels will continue to involve the loading or discharging of drybulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China’s GDP is estimated to have decreased for the third year in a row to approximately 7.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, and continues to remain below pre-2008 levels. China has recently imposed measures to restrain lending, which may further contribute to a slowdown in its economic growth. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the near future. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the United States, the European Union and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial condition and results of operations, ability to pay dividends, if any, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by a further economic downturn in any of these countries.

Changes in the economic and political environment in China and policies adopted by the government to regulate its economy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of western countries in such respects as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and balance of payments position. Prior to 1978, the Chinese economy was a “planned economy.” Since 1978, increasing emphasis has been placed on the utilization of market forces in the development of the Chinese economy. Annual and five year State Plans are adopted by the Chinese government in connection with the development of the economy. Although state-owned enterprises still account for a substantial portion of the Chinese industrial output, in general, the Chinese government is reducing the level of direct control that it exercises over the economy through State Plans and other measures. There is an increasing level of freedom and autonomy in areas such as allocation of resources, production, pricing and management and a gradual shift in emphasis to a “market economy” and enterprise reform. Limited price reforms were undertaken with the result that prices for certain commodities are principally determined by market forces. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision,

 

21


Table of Contents

change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. If the Chinese government does not continue to pursue a policy of economic reform, the level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by changes to these economic reforms by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government, such as changes in laws, regulations or export and import restrictions, all of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

The market values of our vessels may decline, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow or cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our future credit facilities, result in an impairment charge and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value.

The fair market values of drybulk vessels have generally experienced high volatility and have recently declined significantly. Although we believe that we have contracted to purchase our Initial Fleet at attractive times in the cycle, the fair market value of our vessels may continue to fluctuate depending on a number of factors, including:

 

   

prevailing level of charter rates;

 

   

general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

 

   

types, sizes and ages of vessels;

 

   

supply of and demand for vessels;

 

   

other modes of transportation;

 

   

cost of newbuildings;

 

   

governmental or other regulations;

 

   

the need to upgrade vessels as a result of charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise; and

 

   

technological advances.

If the fair market values of our vessels decline, the amount of funds we may draw down under the secured credit facilities we expect to enter into may be limited and we may not be in compliance with certain covenants contained in those secured credit facilities, which may result in an event of default. In such circumstances, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. If we are not able to comply with the covenants in our secured credit facilities, and are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our fleet. In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our consolidated financial statements, the sale may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings. Furthermore, if vessel values decline, we may have to record an impairment charge in our consolidated financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

 

22


Table of Contents

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention.

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every two and a half to five years for inspection of its underwater parts.

Compliance with the above requirements may result in significant expense. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable, which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and regulations of the International Maritime Organization, or IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1975, the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution of 1973, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations.

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. Furthermore, the 2010 explosion of the Deepwater Horizon well and the subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, or other similar events, may result in further regulation of the shipping industry, and modifications to statutory liability schemes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties and criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages.

 

23


Table of Contents

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, and certificates with respect to our operations, and satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we will, when available, arrange insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future.

An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates, which may limit our ability to operate our drybulk carriers profitably.

The supply of drybulk vessels has increased significantly since the beginning of 2006. However, as of September 2013, the majority of newbuilding orders, which were placed over recent years, were completed, and the current orderbook stands at approximately 15.7% of the existing fleet capacity. Vessel supply growth has been outpacing vessel demand growth over the past few years causing downward pressure on charter rates. Until the new supply is fully absorbed by the market, charter rates may continue to be under pressure due to vessel supply in the near to medium term. Since our fleet will be employed in spot market-oriented pools, voyage charters and short-term charters, we remain exposed to the spot market.

World events could affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Past terrorist attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in the Korean Peninsula, the Middle East, including Egypt and North Africa, and the presence of U.S. or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues and costs.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Although the frequency of sea piracy worldwide decreased during 2012 and 2013 to its lowest level since 2009, sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea and the West Coast of Africa, with drybulk vessels particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. Furthermore, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer

 

24


Table of Contents

may dispute this and withhold charter hire until the vessel is released. A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. or other governments, that could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our common stock.

Although we do not expect our vessels will call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Cuba, Iran, Sudan and Syria, from time to time on charterers’ instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in such countries in the future. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which amended the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA introduced limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines or other penalties and could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with

 

25


Table of Contents

countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common shares may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our common shares may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

Our operating results will be subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels on the spot market or index based time charters, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results. The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, our revenues from our drybulk carriers may be weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, our revenues from our drybulk carriers may be stronger in fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31.

We are subject to international safety regulations and the failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels.

The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of the vessels that we have agreed to acquire will be ISM Code-certified when delivered to us. However, if we are subject to increased liability for non-compliance or if our insurance coverage is adversely impacted as a result of non-compliance, it may negatively affect our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future. If any of our vessels are denied access to, or are detained in, certain ports as a result of non-compliance with the ISM Code, our revenues may be adversely impacted.

 

26


Table of Contents

Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The operation of drybulk carriers has certain unique operational risks which could affect our earnings and cash flow.

The operation of certain vessel types, such as drybulk carriers, has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach at sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessels’ holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel’s bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

Rising fuel, or bunker, prices may adversely affect our profits.

Since we intend to primarily employ our vessels in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools, we expect that fuel, or bunkers, will be typically the largest expense in our shipping operations for our vessels. While we believe that we will experience a competitive advantage as a result of increased bunker prices due to the greater fuel efficiency of our vessels compared to the average global fleet, changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability.

Our business has inherent operational risks, which may not be adequately covered by insurance.

Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes

 

27


Table of Contents

across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. Through our management agreements with our technical managers, we procure insurance for the vessels in our fleet employed under time charters against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which include pollution risks and crew insurances, and war risk insurance. Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1 billion per vessel per occurrence.

We will procure hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage and war risk insurance for our fleet. We do not maintain, for our vessels, insurance against loss of hire, which covers business interruptions that result from the loss of use of a vessel. We may not be adequately insured against all risks. We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our fleet in the future, and we may not be able to obtain certain insurance coverages. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue. Moreover, insurers may default on claims they are required to pay.

We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Maritime claimants could arrest one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a claimant may seek to obtain security for its claim by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in a loss of earnings.

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes her owner, while

 

28


Table of Contents

requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes her charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties, charter terminations and an adverse effect on our business.

We may operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

Company Specific Risk Factors

We are a recently formed company with a limited history of operations.

We are a recently formed company and have a limited performance record, operating history and historical financial statements upon which you can evaluate our operations or our ability to implement and achieve our business strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing our business strategy. In addition, while our Chief Executive Officer and the management teams of our commercial and technical managers have experience operating drybulk carriers, other members of our senior management, who have experience operating tanker and other classes of vessels, do not have experience operating drybulk carriers. We believe that the experience of our senior management in the ownership and operation of tanker vessels, which require significant technical expertise to operate and are subject to heightened regulatory oversight and more rigorous vetting procedures from charterers than drybulk carriers, provides our management team with the expertise and qualifications to manage drybulk carriers, however we cannot assure you that they will be able to successfully operate our fleet.

We will not generate any revenues until we take delivery of the vessels we have agreed to acquire or identify and acquire other vessels.

We have entered into construction contracts for 43 newbuilding vessels, with scheduled deliveries to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016. However, we do not currently have any operating vessels. Until we take delivery of one of the vessels we have agreed to acquire or identify and acquire additional vessels, we will not generate any revenues. However, we will continue to incur expenses related to the supervision of these newbuildings, costs related to any efforts to identify other vessels for acquisition, interest expense for the outstanding debt we expect to incur and general administrative expenses, including those related to being a public company after this initial public offering. As a result, we will incur losses and are unlikely to be able to pay dividends during the period prior to our beginning to operate vessels.

 

29


Table of Contents

The vessels in our Initial Fleet will operate in newly created pools with no prior operating history. We cannot assure you that these pools will be successful in finding employment for all of our vessels.

The pools in which the vessels in our Initial Fleet are expected to operate will be newly formed and will have no history of operations. We will own a large number of vessels that will enter these pools in a relatively short period of time without having previously secured employment. We cannot assure you that these pools will be successful in finding employment for all such vessels in the volatile spot market immediately upon their deliveries to us or whether any such employment will be at profitable rates. We cannot assure you that our vessels will be profitably operated by such pools. In addition, vessels owned by our affiliates, including members of the Scorpio Group, as well as by unaffiliated third-parties, may participate in such pools. Such vessels may not be of the comparable design or quality to our vessels, negatively impacting the profitability of such pools, while diluting our interest in such profits.

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts.

We have entered into shipbuilding contracts with established shipyards in Japan, China and Romania for the construction of 43 newbuilding vessels for an aggregate purchase price of $1,307.8 million. These vessels are expected to be delivered to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016. These construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.

As of November 25, 2013, we have made total yard payments in the amount of $157.0 million and we have remaining yard installments in the amount of $1,150.8 million before we take possession of the vessels. We had, as of November 25, 2013, a cash balance of $665.4 million to fund future newbuilding commitments, however, a significant portion of our remaining commitments are currently unfunded. If we are not able to borrow additional funds, raise other capital or utilize available cash on hand, we may not be able to acquire these newbuilding vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We have entered into a non-binding term sheet for our Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility of up to $330.0 million that will be secured by 22 of the vessels in our Initial fleet, however, such credit facility is subject to important conditions, including the negotiation and execution of definitive documentation. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into this senior secured credit facility. If for any reason we fail to make a payment when due, which may result in a default under our newbuilding contracts, or otherwise fail to take delivery of our newbuild vessels, we would be prevented from realizing potential revenues from these vessels, we could also lose all or a portion of our yard payments that were paid by us and we could be liable for penalties and damages under such contracts.

In addition, in the event the shipyards do not perform under their contracts and we are unable to enforce certain refund guarantees with third party banks for any reason, we may lose all or part of our investment, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

30


Table of Contents

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.

We have entered into, and may enter into the future, various contracts, including pooling arrangements, charter agreements, shipbuilding contracts and credit facilities. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We expect to be dependent on spot market-oriented pools and spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

We expect that all of our vessels will be employed in either the spot market or in spot market-oriented drybulk pools, such as the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon drybulk carrier supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, including within the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and Scorpio Capesize Pool, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the recent past, there have been periods when spot charter rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels and for some vessel classes are currently only slightly above operating costs. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

Our ability to renew expiring charters or obtain new charters will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to obtain new charters in direct continuation with previous charters, or if new charters are entered into at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to previous charter terms, our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.

The failure of our charterers to meet their obligations under our charter agreements, on which we depend for our revenues, could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We do not expect to employ any of our vessels under a long-term time charter agreement but we may enter into such agreements in the future. The ability and willingness of each of our

 

31


Table of Contents

counterparties to perform their obligations under a time charter, spot voyage or other agreement with us, directly or through our pooling arrangements, will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the drybulk shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charterhire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently decreased drybulk carrier charter rate levels. When we employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to place such vessel in a drybulk carrier pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, and comply with covenants in our credit facilities.

We cannot assure you that our board of directors will declare dividends.

Initially, we do not intend to pay dividends to the holders of our common shares. Our board of directors will continue to assess our dividend policy and may in the future determine to pay dividends. The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will always be subject to the discretion of our board of directors, restrictions contained in our credit facility and the requirements of Marshall Islands law. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and availability, our ability to obtain debt and equity financing on acceptable terms as contemplated by our growth strategy, the terms of our outstanding indebtedness and the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us. The international drybulk shipping industry is highly volatile, and we cannot predict with certainty the amount of cash, if any, that will be available for distribution as dividends in any period. Also, there may be a high degree of variability from period to period in the amount of cash that is available for the payment of dividends. Until we take delivery of the vessels we have agreed to acquire or identify and acquire additional vessels and deploy them on charters, we will not generate cash from operations for dividends. Accordingly, it may take substantial time following the closing of this offering before it would be possible for us to pay any dividends.

We may incur expenses or liabilities or be subject to other circumstances in the future that reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends, including as a result of the risks described herein. Our growth strategy contemplates that we will finance our acquisitions of additional vessels through debt financings or the net proceeds of future equity issuances on terms acceptable to us. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, our board of directors may determine to finance or refinance acquisitions with cash from operations, which would reduce the amount of any cash available for the payment of dividends.

In general, under the terms of the credit facilities that we expect to enter into, we will not be permitted to pay dividends if there is a default or a breach of a loan covenant. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information relating to restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of our credit facility.

 

32


Table of Contents

The Republic of Marshall Islands laws generally prohibit the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient surplus in the future to pay dividends and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds or surplus to make distributions to us. We can give no assurance that dividends will be paid at all.

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

We have entered into shipbuilding contracts with established shipyards in Japan, China and Romania for the construction of 43 latest generation drybulk vessels. One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding to our fleet. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

   

identify suitable drybulk carriers, including newbuilding slots at shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;

 

   

obtain required financing for our existing and new operations;

 

   

identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning drybulk carriers for acquisitions or joint ventures;

 

   

integrate any acquired drybulk carriers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;

 

   

hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

   

identify additional new markets;

 

   

enhance our customer base; and

 

   

improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.

Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any drybulk carriers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our fleet in the drybulk sector, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. Finally, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our common shareholders if issued at lower prices than the price they acquired their shares, or debt issuances (with amortization payments), both of which could lower our available cash. If any such events occur, our financial condition may be adversely affected.

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our commercial and technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

 

33


Table of Contents

As we expand our business, we may need to improve our operating and financial systems and will need to recruit suitable employees and crew for our vessels.

Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to take delivery of 43 newbuilding vessels between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016 and to expand the size of our fleet and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, if we further expand our fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore side administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to grow our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, the amount of cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders may be reduced.

If we acquire and operate secondhand vessels, we will be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

Our current business strategy includes additional growth which may, in addition to the acquisition of newbuilding vessels, include modern secondhand vessels. While we expect that we would typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that it acquires.

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our earnings.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. While all of the vessels in our fleet will be newbuildings, as our vessels age typically they will become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through

 

34


Table of Contents

canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new drybulk carriers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charterhire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely affected.

In the highly competitive international shipping industry, we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

Our vessels will be employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of drybulk cargo by sea is intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk shipping industry and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If we are unable to successfully compete with other drybulk shipping companies, our results of operations would be adversely impacted.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments in the future depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends. We do not intend to obtain funds from other sources to pay dividends.

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, our directors and officers generally are or will be non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these

 

35


Table of Contents

non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors or officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Marshall Islands, see “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”

We may have to pay tax on United States source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as United States source shipping income and such income is subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for any deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

We believe that we and each of our subsidiaries qualify for this statutory tax exemption and we will take this position for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby cause us to become subject to United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income. For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our stock were, in combination each other, with each other to own 50% or more of the outstanding shares of our stock on more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on our tax-exempt status or that of any of our subsidiaries.

In addition, changes in the Code, the Treasury regulations or the interpretation thereof by the Internal Revenue Service or the courts could adversely affect our ability to take advantage of the exemption under Section 883.

If we are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we would be subject for such taxable year to a 4% United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income on a gross basis. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

United States tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income,” including cash. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” United States shareholders

 

36


Table of Contents

of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

There is a significant risk that we will be treated as a PFIC for our initial taxable year, our 2014 taxable year and our 2015 taxable year. Whether we are treated as a PFIC will depend, in part, upon whether the deposits that we make on newbuilding contracts are treated as being held for the production of “passive income” and on the amount of “passive income” that we derive for such years.

Thereafter, whether we will be treated as a PFIC will depend upon the nature and extent of our operations. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities does not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our method of operation. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders may face adverse United States federal income tax consequences and information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders made an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed below under “United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders”), such shareholders would be liable to pay United States federal income tax upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common stock at the then prevailing income tax rates applicable to ordinary income plus interest as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of our common stock. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more comprehensive discussion of the United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

Risks Related to Our Relationship With Scorpio Group and Its Affiliates

We are dependent on our managers and their ability to hire and retain key personnel, and there may be conflicts of interest between us and our managers that may not be resolved in our favor.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our technical manager, SSM, our commercial manager, SCM, and our management team. Our success will depend upon our and our managers’ ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition.

Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our technical and commercial managers are affiliates of the Scorpio Group, which is owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member. Conflicts of interest may arise between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our commercial and technical managers, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or their owner’s interests over our interests. These conflicts may have unfavorable results for us.

Our Co-Founder, who has agreed to serve as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has affiliations with our commercial and technical managers which may create conflicts of interest.

Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls our commercial and technical managers. These relationships could create conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. These conflicts may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other companies affiliated with our commercial or technical managers. In particular, as of the date of this prospectus, our commercial and technical managers provide commercial and technical management services to approximately 95 and 27 vessels, respectively, other than the vessels in our Initial Fleet, that are operated by entities affiliated with Mr. Lauro, and such entities may operate additional vessels that will compete with our vessels in the future. Such conflicts may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Operating Officer will not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.

Mr. Lauro our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bugbee, our President, and Mr. Mackey, our Chief Operating Officer, participate in business activities not associated with us, including serving as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers, and are not required to work full-time on our affairs. Initially, we expect that each of our executive officers will devote a substantial portion of his business time to the completion of our drybulk carrier acquisition program and management of the Company. Additionally, Messrs. Lauro, Bugbee and Mackey serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group. As a result, Messrs. Lauro, Bugbee and Mackey may devote less time to us than if they were not engaged in other business activities and may owe fiduciary duties to the shareholders of both us as well as shareholders of other companies which they may be affiliated with, including Scorpio Tankers and Scorpio Group companies. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers and it is not certain that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our commercial and technical managers are each privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

Upon delivery our vessels will be commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM. SCM’s and SSM’s ability to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our commercial manager’s or technical manager’s financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about the financial strength of our commercial manager and technical manager is not available. As a result, we and our shareholders might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

38


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Servicing our current or future indebtedness limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowing under credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities will bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk carrier industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

 

   

seeking to raise additional capital;

 

   

refinancing or restructuring our debt;

 

   

selling drybulk carriers; or

 

   

reducing or delaying capital investments.

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under the credit facilities that we intend to enter, our lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt.

We expect to be exposed to volatility in the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and intend to selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.

We expect the loans under our secured credit facilities to be generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which has been stable, but was volatile in prior years, which can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, and which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In addition, in recent years, LIBOR has been at relatively low levels, and may rise in the future as the current low interest rate environment comes to an end. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected at any time that we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future, including those we enter into to finance a portion of the amounts payable with respect to newbuildings. Moreover, even if we have entered into interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments for purposes of managing our interest rate exposure, our hedging strategies may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses.

We intend to selectively enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk exposure. Entering into swaps and derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we employ in the future may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest costs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a description of our expected interest rate swap arrangements.

 

39


Table of Contents

The credit facilities that we expect to enter may contain restrictive covenants which limit the amount of cash that we may use for other corporate activities, which could negatively affect our growth and cause our financial performance to suffer.

The credit facilities that we expect to enter may impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto to:

 

   

pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts drawn under our credit facilities or if there is another default under our credit facilities;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;

 

   

create liens on our assets;

 

   

change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel;

 

   

sell our vessels;

 

   

merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or

 

   

enter into a new line of business.

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends to you if we determine to do so in the future, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

In addition, our future secured credit facilities, including the Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility, will likely require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our fleet. Should our charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future, we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants. Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so. A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facilities would prevent us from borrowing additional money under our credit facilities and could result in a default under our credit facilities. If a default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United

 

40


Table of Contents

States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in the United States. The rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we can’t predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as United States courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction which has developed a relatively more substantial body of case law.

An active and liquid market for our common shares may not develop or be sustained.

Our common shares currently trade on the Norwegian OTC List and there is currently no established trading market for our common shares in the United States. We have applied to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange. There is no guarantee that an active trading market will develop. Shareholders therefore have limited access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. If an active trading market for our common shares does not develop, the price of our common shares may be more volatile and it may be more difficult and time consuming to complete a transaction in common shares, which could have an adverse effect on the price of the common shares.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market value for our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations after this offering and our planned Exchange Offer, and we cannot predict the price at which our common shares will trade.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per common share will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per common share that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your common shares than the amounts paid by our existing shareholders. Assuming an offering price of $         per common share (the closing price of our common shares on the Norwegian OTC List on December , 2013 based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK              per $1.00 in effect on that date), you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $         per common share. See “Dilution.”

The price of our common shares may be highly volatile.

The market price of the common shares has fluctuated since the listing on the Norwegian OTC List in July 2013 and may continue to fluctuate significantly in response to many factors, such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, economic and regulatory trends, general market conditions, rumors and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Since July 2013, the market price for our common shares, as reported by the Norwegian over-the-counter system, has varied between NOK 49.15 (approximately $7.95) and NOK 60.0 (approximately $10.01). In addition, following the completion of this offering, an additional              of our common shares may be available for trading in the U.S. markets and              additional common shares may be available for trading in the U.S. markets after our planned Exchange Offer. An adverse development in the market price for our common shares could negatively affect our ability to issue new equity to fund our activities.

 

41


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue 450,000,000 common shares, of which 101,395,411 shares were issued and outstanding as of November 25, 2013. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future. In addition, following the completion of the Exchange Offer, up to an additional              of our common shares may be available for trading in the U.S. markets. We have also agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, upon the request of the holder, up to              of our common shares purchased in one of the Equity Private Placements within 30 days of the earlier of the consummation of this offering and the commencement of the Exchange Offer that we expect to conduct. We intend to issue additional shares of our common stock in the future. Our shareholders may incur dilution from any future equity offering and upon the issuance of additional shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options we grant to certain of our executive officers or upon the issuance of additional common shares pursuant to our equity incentive plan.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, or could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. These provisions include:

 

   

authorizing our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval;

 

   

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms;

 

   

establishing certain advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at stockholder meetings;

 

   

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;

 

   

authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote for the directors; and

 

   

establishing supermajority voting provisions with respect to amendments to certain provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws.

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

 

42


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” as described under “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an emerging growth company. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies.

Our costs of operating as a public company will be significant, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a public company, and as such, we will have significant legal, accounting and other expenses in addition to our initial registration and listing expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices, and these requirements may continue to evolve. We and our management personnel, and other personnel, if any, will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we need to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, subject to the reduced disclosure requirements for emerging growth companies set forth above. Our compliance with Section 404 may require that we incur substantial accounting expenses and expend significant management efforts.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from this offering (approximately $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in each case after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. These estimates are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the closing price of our common shares on the Norwegian OTC List on December    , 2013 based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK             per $1.00 in effect on that date).

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, as follows:

 

   

Approximately $         million for newbuilding vessel capital expenditures related to our Initial Fleet; and

 

   

Approximately $         million for general corporate purposes, including future vessel acquisitions and working capital.

Our current contractual newbuilding program commitments are approximately $         million, of which, after the application of the net proceeds of this offering, available cash and amounts available under our Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility, we will need to raise an additional $         million. Depending on prevailing market conditions, we intend to fund the additional capital needs through borrowing under additional secured credit facilities that we may enter into, the net proceeds from future equity offerings and cash from the operations of our Initial Fleet.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common share would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $         million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common shares we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common shares offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price to $         per common share, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common shares offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial offering price to $         per common share, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and consolidated capitalization:

 

   

on an actual basis, as of September 30, 2013;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis, to give effect to (i) the receipt in October 2013 of $288.8 million of net proceeds from a Norwegian private placement of 33,400,000 common shares in September 2013, and the receipt of an additional $291.0 million of net proceeds from an additional Norwegian private placement of 32,590,411 common shares completed in October 2013; and (ii) the aggregate payment of $86.9 million relating to initial deposits for ten newbuilding contracts paid after September 30, 2013; and

 

   

on an as further adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance of             common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the closing price of our common shares on the Norwegian OTC List on December    , 2013 based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK              per $1.00 in effect on that date).

There have been no significant changes to our capitalization since September 30, 2013, as so adjusted. The information set forth in the table assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 for a more complete discussion of risks and uncertainties that should be considered before investing in our common shares. You should read this capitalization table together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2013
     Actual     As Adjusted     As Further
Adjusted
     ($ dollars in thousands)

Cash:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 173,043     $ 665,919    

Restricted cash

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total Cash

     173,043       665,919    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Debt(1)

              

Total debt

                

Shareholders’ equity(2):

      

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share; authorized 450,000,000 common shares; shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013: Actual—67,425,000 common shares, as adjusted—101,395,411 common shares, as further adjusted—             common shares

     647       1,014    

Paid-in capital

     532,307       822,967     

Due from shareholders

     (287,876 )        

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (2,738     (1,791  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total Shareholders’ equity(2)

     242,367       822,190    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total capitalization

   $ 242,367     $ 822,190    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1) Excludes obligations that we may incur under the Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility that we may enter into.
(2) Does not give effect to (i) 1,204,110 common shares that are issuable to SSH as payment, in part, for its services under the Administrative Services Agreement in connection with the delivery of vessels in our Initial Fleet, and (ii) the remaining 707,021 common shares issuable under our Equity Incentive Plan.

 

45


Table of Contents

SHARE PRICE INFORMATION

Our common shares have traded on the Norwegian OTC List since July 2013 under the symbol “SALT.” We have applied to list our common shares for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SALT.”

The following tables set forth the high and low prices for our common shares as reported on the Norwegian OTC List for the periods listed below.

Share prices are presented in U.S. dollars per common share based on the Bloomberg Composite Rate on each day of measurement. On November 25, 2013, the exchange rate between the Norwegian Kroner and the U.S. dollar was NOK6.09819 to one U.S. Dollar based on the Bloomberg Composite Rate in effect on that date.

 

     Norwegian OTC List  
     High
(U.S.
dollars)
     Low
(U.S.
dollars)
 

November 2013 (through and including November 25, 2013)

     $  9.68         $9.45   

October 2013

     $10.01         $9.55   

September 2013

     $  9.80         $9.70   

August 2013

     $  9.83         $9.25   

July 2013 (July 3, 2013, the initial listing date, through July 31, 2013)

     $  9.70         $7.95   

 

     Norwegian OTC List  
     High
(U.S.
dollars)
     Low
(U.S.
dollars)
 

Fourth quarter 2013 (through and including November 25, 2013

     $10.01         $9.45   

Third quarter 2013 (from July 3, 2013, the initial listing date, through and including September 30, 2013)

     $  9.83         $7.95   

 

46


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Initially, we do not intend to pay dividends to the holders of our common shares but rather to invest our available cash in the growth of our fleet and development of our business. We will continue to assess our dividend policy and our board of directors may determine it is in the best interest of the Company to pay dividends in the future. Upon the delivery of one or more vessels in our Initial Fleet and depending on prevailing charter market conditions, our operating results and capital requirements and other relevant factors, our board of directors will re-evaluate our dividend policy.

Any dividends paid by us will be income to a U.S. shareholder. Please see the sections of this prospectus entitled “Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions” and “Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for additional information relating to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of our dividend payments, if any are declared in the future.

We are a holding company with no material assets other than the equity interests in our wholly-owned subsidiaries which have not yet acquired any vessels but have only entered into contracts to construct newbuildings. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, if any in the future, depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. Our future secured credit facilities will have restrictions on our ability, and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries, to pay dividends in the event of a default or breach of covenants under the credit facility agreement. Under such circumstances, we or our subsidiaries may not be able to pay dividends so long as we are in default or have breached certain covenants of the credit facility without our lender’s consent or waiver of the default or breach. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends (i) other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or (ii) when a company is insolvent or (iii) if the payment of the dividend would render the company insolvent.

In addition, we may incur expenses or liabilities, including extraordinary expenses, decreases in revenues, including as a result of unanticipated off-hire days or loss of a vessel, or increased cash needs that could reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends. The drybulk shipping charter market is cyclical and volatile. We cannot predict with accuracy the amount of cash flows our operations will generate in any given period. Factors beyond our control may affect the charter market for our vessels and our charterers’ ability to satisfy their contractual obligations to us, and we cannot assure you that dividends will actually be declared or paid in the future. Until we take delivery of the vessels we have agreed to acquire or identify and acquire additional vessels and deploy them on charters, we will not generate cash from operations for dividends. Accordingly, it may take substantial time following the closing of this offering before it would be possible for us to pay any dividends in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends, and our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the limitations set forth above and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

As of September 30, 2013, giving effect to the proceeds of the September 2013 Private Placement and the October 2013 Private Placement, we had adjusted net tangible book value of $822.2 million, or $8.46 per share. After giving effect to the sale of             common shares in this offering at an initial offering price of $         per share (the closing price of our common shares on the Norwegian OTC List on December    , 2013 based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK              per $1.00 in effect on that date), deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, the pro forma adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2013 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing shareholders and an immediate accretion of net tangible book value of $         per share to new investors. The following table illustrates the pro forma per share accretion and dilution as of September 30, 2013:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $     

Net tangible book value per share(1)

   $ 8.46   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

   $     

Pro forma adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

   $     

Dilution per share to new investors

   $     

 

(1) Excludes 4,155,000 restricted shares.

Net tangible book value per common share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, which consists of tangible assets less liabilities, by the number of common shares outstanding. Dilution or accretion is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common shares in this offering will differ from the net tangible book value per common share after the offering. Dilution per share to new investors would be $         if the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option in full.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma adjusted basis as of September 30, 2013, the differences between the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by the existing holders of common shares and by you in this offering.

 

     Pro Forma Shares
Outstanding
   Total Consideration   

Average

Price Per

Share

     Number    Percentage    Amount    Percentage   
     (Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages
and per share data)

Existing investors

              

New investors

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

              

 

48


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We were formed on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt in the international shipping markets. The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial and other operating data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data in the table as of September 30, 2013 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    For the period from
March 20, 2013
(date of inception) to
September 30, 2013
 
    ($ dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data

 

Revenue:

 

Vessel revenue

  $   
 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

Voyage expenses

      

Vessel operating expenses

      

Depreciation and amortization

      

General and administrative expenses

    676   
 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    676   
 

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (676
 

 

 

 

Other income and expense:

 

Interest income

    19   

Foreign exchange loss

    (2,080
 

 

 

 

Total other income and expense

    (2,061
 

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,737
 

 

 

 

 

    As of
September 30, 2013
 
    ($ dollars in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 173,043   

Total assets

    261,610   

Current liabilities

    19,242   

Total liabilities

    19,242   

Shareholders’ equity

    242,368   

 

    For the period from
March 20,  2013

(date of inception) to
September 30, 2013
 
    ($ dollars in thousands)  

Cash Flow Data

 

Net cash inflow (outflow)

 

Operating activities

  $ (27

Investing activities

    (70,053

Financing activities

    243,123   

 

49


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. The forward-looking statements are dependent upon events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside our control. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed may not occur.

We were incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013. In July 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation) for net proceeds of $242.8 million in the July 2013 Private Placement; in September 2013, we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.2 million in the September 2013 Private Placement; and in October 2013, we issued and sold an additional 32,590,411 common shares for net proceeds of $291.0 million in the October 2013 Private Placement. From these net proceeds, we have made deposits aggregating $157.0 million relating to initial deposits on 23 of the newbuilding contracts for our Initial Fleet, which includes 43 drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities ranging from approximately 60,000 to 180,000 dwt, leaving us with a cash balance of $665.4 million as of November 25, 2013. Other than these events, we have had no operations.

The aggregate purchase price of our 43 vessels to be constructed is $1,307.8 million. As of November 25, 2013, we have paid a total of $157.0 million in installment payments due under our shipbuilding contracts for our Initial Fleet. The remaining $1,150.8 million is scheduled to be paid in installments through the delivery dates of each vessel. We anticipate financing the vessels through one or more secured credit facilities which will be collateralized by the vessels in our Initial Fleet. We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments of $1,150.8 million for our Initial Fleet with the net proceeds received from this offering, the remaining net proceeds we have received from the Equity Private Placements, other available cash on hand, cash flows from operations after the delivery of one or more vessels in our Initial Fleet, borrowings under new secured credit facilities, and from securities offered in the public and private debt and equity capital markets.

In addition, we plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the net proceeds from future equity or debt offerings or both, together with the amounts we expect to be available to us under the credit facilities we plan to enter, to fund additional vessel acquisitions. Our intention is to acquire additional latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt, either directly from shipyards or from owners with existing newbuilding contracts. We may also acquire secondhand vessels that meet our stringent vessel specifications. The timing of these acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive acquisition terms. Although we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing, we intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of the Company’s vessels collateralizing its indebtedness on a consolidated basis.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in

 

50


Table of Contents

accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments or uncertainties, and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies.

Additional information—Development stage company

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the disclosure of certain information applicable to development stage companies:

 

   

The balance sheet includes cumulative net losses under the caption “Deficit accumulated during the development stage” in shareholders’ equity;

 

   

The income statement shows amounts of revenue and expenses for each period and, in addition, cumulative amounts from our inception;

 

   

The statement of changes in shareholders’ equity shows the changes in components of shareholders’ equity for each period and, in addition, cumulative amounts from our inception; and

 

   

The statement of cash flows shows the sources and uses of financial resources for each period for which an income statement is presented and, in addition, cumulative amounts from our inception.

The Company was incorporated in March 2013 hence there is only one period reported in our financial statements, included elsewhere herein.

The following are accounting policies we will adopt going forward.

Revenue recognition

Vessel revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, and other sales-related or value added taxes.

Vessel revenue is comprised of time charter revenue, voyage revenue and pool revenue.

 

  (1) Time charter revenue is recognized as services are performed based on the daily rates specified in the time charter contract.

 

  (2)

Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage for a specified charter rate. Revenue from voyage charter agreements is recognized on a pro rata basis based on the relative transit time in each period. The period over which voyage revenues are recognized commences at the time the vessel departs from its last discharge port and ends at the time the discharge of cargo at the next discharge port is completed. We do not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. We do not recognize revenue when a vessel is off hire. Estimated losses on voyages are provided for in full at the time such losses become evident. In the

 

51


Table of Contents
 

application of this policy, we do not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, (ii) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

  (3) Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit sharing terms specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the pool manager aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings to participants based on:

 

   

the pool points (vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics are taken into consideration); and

 

   

the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period.

We recognize pool revenue on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in a pool during the period and the amount of pool revenue for the month can be estimated reliably. We receive estimated vessel earnings based on the known number of days the vessel has participated in the pool, the contract terms, and the estimated monthly pool revenue. On a quarterly basis, we receive a report from the pool which identifies the number of days the vessel participated in the pool, the total pool points for the period, the total pool revenue for the period, and the calculated share of pool revenue for the vessel. We review the quarterly report for consistency with each vessel’s pool agreement and vessel management records. The estimated pool revenue is reconciled quarterly, coinciding with our external reporting periods, to the actual pool revenue earned, per the pool report. Consequently, in our financial statements, reported revenues represent actual pooled revenues. While differences do arise in the performance of these quarterly reconciliations, such differences are not material to total reported revenues.

Vessels and depreciation

We record the value of our vessels at their cost (which includes acquisition costs directly attributable to the vessel and expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage) less accumulated depreciation. We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, estimated to be 25 years from date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Depreciation is based on cost less the estimated residual value which is the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four year average scrap market rates at the balance sheet date with changes accounted for in the period of change and in future periods. We believe that a 25-year depreciable life for our vessels is consistent with that of other ship owners and with its economic useful life. An increase in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. However, when regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, or when the cost of complying with such regulations is not expected to be recovered, we will adjust the vessel’s useful life to end at the date such regulations preclude such vessel’s further commercial use. The carrying value of our vessels does not represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels, which could be more or less.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We intend to acquire and operate the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. Our business is capital intensive and we intend to pay for these vessels with a combination of proceeds from

 

52


Table of Contents

the sale of our common shares, including this offering, and future borrowings under one or more secured credit facilities, which will be collateralized by the vessels in our Initial Fleet. We anticipate that such credit agreements will bear interest based on LIBOR. We expect to rely on operating cash flows as well as equity offerings and long-term borrowings under secured credit facilities to implement our growth plan and dividend policy. We believe that our current cash balance as well as operating cash flows and available borrowings under the secured credit facilities that we expect to enter into will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the next 12 months.

Equity Private Placements

Between July 1, 2013 and July 16, 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation), par value $0.01 per share, for net proceeds of $242.8 million in the July 2013 Private Placement; on September 24, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.2 million in the September 2013 Private Placement; and on October 31, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 32,590,411 common shares for net proceeds of $291.0 million in the October 2013 Private Placement, in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility

On October 15, 2013, we entered into a non-binding term sheet in connection with our Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and other lenders named therein for up to $330.0 million that we expect to enter into after the completion of this offering. The proceeds of the Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility are expected to fund a portion of the purchase price of the vessels that will secure this facility.

The Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility expected to be secured by, among other things, a first preferred cross-collateralized mortgage on each of 22 of our newbuilding vessels, consisting of 16 Ultramax drybulk carriers and six Karsarmax drybulk carriers, and guaranteed by each of the collateral vessel owning subsidiaries. The facility is expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin. We expect that we will be able to draw under this facility upon the delivery of each collateral vessel in an amount not to exceed the lesser of 60% of the fair market value of such vessel or a stated draw down amount until December 31, 2016.

The facility is expected to be repaid in full at maturity on the seventh anniversary of the closing date of the facility. The available amount to be drawn under the facility is expected to be reduced on a consecutive quarter basis by an amount equal to 1/48 of the loan amount applicable to each of the collateral vessels with the first scheduled reduction to occur on the last day of the quarter following the first draw down.

Certain of the expected financial and other covenants would require us to:

 

   

Maintain minimum liquidity levels;

 

   

Maintain a minimum level of consolidated tangible net worth;

 

   

Maintain a maximum ratio of net debt (which means our total indebtedness less cash) to consolidated total capitalization (which means consolidated tangible net worth plus, among other things, our consolidated indebtedness);

 

   

Maintain a minimum ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated net interest expense; and

 

   

Maintain at all times a minimum aggregate fair market value of all of the collateral vessels versus total outstanding borrowings under this facility.

 

53


Table of Contents

We expect that the Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility will contain customary events of default, including cross-default provisions. In addition, we expect that a violation of any of the financial and other covenants described above will constitute an event of default under the Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility.

The Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility is subject to important conditions, including the negotiation and execution of definitive documentation.

We have entered into shipbuilding contracts with shipyards in Japan, China and Romania for the construction of 43 newbuilding vessels for an aggregate purchase price of $1,307.8 million. These vessels are expected to be delivered to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016. These construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.

As of November 25, 2013, we have made total yard payments in the amount of $157.0 million and we have remaining yard installments in the amount of $1,150.8 million before we take delivery of the vessels. We had, as of November 25, 2013, a cash balance of $665.4 million to fund future newbuilding commitments, however, a significant portion of our remaining commitments are currently unfunded. If we are not able to borrow additional funds, raise other capital or utilize available cash on hand, we may not be able to acquire these newbuilding vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If for any reason we fail to make a payment when due, which may result in a default under our newbuilding contracts, or otherwise fail to take delivery of our newbuild vessels, we would be prevented from realizing potential revenues from these vessels, we could also lose all or a portion of our yard payments that were paid by us and we could be liable for penalties and damages under such contracts.

In addition, in the event the shipyards do not perform under their contracts and we are unable to enforce certain refund guarantees with third party banks for any reason, we may lose all or part of our investment, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Dividend Policy

Initially, we do not intend to pay dividends to the holders of our common shares but rather to invest our available cash in the growth of our fleet and development of our business. We will continue to assess our dividend policy and our board of directors may determine it is in the best interest of the Company to pay dividends in the future. Upon the delivery of one or more of the vessels in our Initial Fleet and depending on prevailing charter market conditions, our operating results and capital requirements and other relevant factors, our board of directors will re-evaluate our dividend policy. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dividend Policy.”

 

54


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our estimated contractual newbuilding commitments through the expected delivery dates of the vessels.

 

(in millions)

   2013(1)      2014      2015      2016  

Vessels under Construction

   $ 106.6       $ 64.5       $ 601.0       $ 378.7   

 

(1) Relates to the period from November 25, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

This table does not include (i) vessel management fees and expenses, which will be incurred starting with the delivery of the first vessel in our Initial Fleet and (ii) payments that we expect to make under our Proposed Senior Secured Credit Facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

55


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET CONDITIONS

Except as otherwise indicated, the statistical information and industry and market data contained in this section (the “data”) is based on or derived from statistical information and industry and market data collated and prepared by SSY Consultancy & Research Ltd., or SSY. The data is based on SSY’s review of such statistical information and market data available at the time, including internal surveys and sources, independent financial information, independent external industry publications, reports or other publicly available information. Due to the incomplete nature of the statistical information and market data available, SSY has made some estimates where necessary when preparing the data. The data is subject to change and may differ from similar assessments obtained from other analysts of shipping markets. While reasonable care has been taken in the preparation of the data, SSY has not undertaken any independent verification of the information and market data obtained from published sources. The Company believes and acts as though the market data provided in this section, “Industry and Market Conditions” is reliable and accurate.

Industry Overview

Dry bulk shipping mainly comprises the shipment of minerals (such as iron ore and coal), other industrial raw materials and various agricultural products. Of these, the major cargoes are iron ore, coal and grain. The remaining minor bulk cargoes include steel products, bauxite/alumina, nickel ore, cement, petroleum coke, forest products, fertilizers and non-grain agricultural products, such as sugar.

Charterers in the dry bulk shipping industry include cargo owners, such as mining companies and grain houses, end-users, such as steel producers and power utilities, and a number of different trading companies and ship operators.

In 2012 total seaborne dry bulk trade reached a new record of approximately 3.7 billion tonnes. This volume was up by an estimated 5.1% on 2011 and by an estimated 27.6% on 2007 levels. With the exception of 2009 when the global economy was in recession, seaborne dry bulk trade has recorded positive annual growth in every year since 1998. Preliminary trade estimates for the first nine months of 2013 confirm further positive annual growth for the major dry bulk cargoes which, combined with available data for minor bulk cargoes, indicate that total annual seaborne volumes will grow by 5-6% in 2013. This estimate is, however, subject to revision when final trade statistics become available.

World Seaborne Dry Bulk Trade

(million tonnes)

 

Cargo/Year

   2008      2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      2008-13
%
Growth
    CAGR*  

Major Bulks

     1997         2106         2324         2463         2603         2772         39     7

Iron Ore

     847         939         1036         1107         1138         1225         45     8

Coal

     828         846         956         1018         1113         1184         43     7

Grains

     321         321         332         338         352         363         13     2

Minor Bulks

     985         868         977         1058         1096         1142         16     3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2982         2974         3301         3521         3699         3914         31     6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* 2013 trade estimates based on partial data

Cargo Types

Iron ore:     The key raw material for steelmaking, iron ore trade has surged in recent years on the back of unprecedented Chinese import demand to be the single largest seaborne dry bulk cargo, totalling an estimated 1,138 million tonnes (Mt) in 2012 and 1,225 Mt in 2013. This

 

56


Table of Contents

tonnage is up by 45% compared to 2008 levels and 129% compared to 2003 levels. In addition to China, which as described elsewhere in this industry section has become the dominant importer accounting for approximately two-thirds of seaborne imports in 2012, the main import markets for iron ore are Japan, Western Europe and South Korea. Exports are dominated by Australia and Brazil, which together account for over 75% of the seaborne market. Other exporters include Canada, India, South Africa and West Africa. A majority of iron ore cargoes are carried by Capesize vessels given the favorable unit economics. However, there is a diversity of iron ore supply sources to China, where 18 different countries supplied 4 Mt or more of iron ore to China in 2012, which provided employment opportunities to smaller vessel classes.

Coal:     At an estimated 1,184 million tonnes in 2013, global seaborne coal trade has expanded at a CAGR of 7% between 2008 and 2013. The coal trade is comprised of two main categories: (1) steam coal, which is chiefly used for electricity generation, but also by industrial users, such as the cement industry and (2) coking coal (a key input for blast furnace steelmaking).

Traditionally dominated by import demand from Japan and Western Europe, the past five years have seen China and India emerge as key drivers of incremental world import growth. Within the past ten years China has been transformed from one of the world’s major steam coal exporting nations to the single largest importer, such has been the strength of the country’s domestic demand for power generation. Indian imports have also grown rapidly during the past 5-10 years to surpass those of Taiwan, South Korea and Japan. Western Europe remains a major import market, while Latin America has grown in importance as a coal import generator. Although investments in new port facilities have enabled the participation of Capesize vessels in the Asia-led coal trade growth in recent years, it has chiefly benefitted demand for Panamax and Handymax type vessels. The leading exporter of coking coal is Australia, followed by the US and Canada. Indonesia is the largest exporter of steam coal, ahead of Australia, the former Soviet Union, Colombia, South Africa and the U.S.

Grains:     Seaborne grain trade is comprised of wheat, coarse grains (corn, barley, oats, rye and sorghum) and soyabeans/meal. Compared with the mineral cargoes, grains have generated slower, but still positive rates of annual trade growth over the past five years through 2012 with an estimated CAGR of 2%. The grain trades do, however, remain an important source of freight market volatility due to both the seasonality of export flows and year-on-year variations in crop surpluses and deficits. Soya is the largest of the three main categories of grain trade with the U.S., Brazil and Argentina comprising the leading export countries. The principal import markets are in Europe and Far East Asia with China the world’s single largest soyabean importer. Shipments are dominated by Panamax and Handymax vessels. Wheat and coarse grains are also primarily carried by mid-size vessels with the U.S., Canada, Russia, Ukraine, Argentina, Australia and the EU the main exporting regions. In addition to Far East Asia and Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Latin America are all significant import markets.

Minor Bulks:     A diversity of cargo types are covered under this heading with different sets of demand drivers. Nevertheless, together at more than 1 billion tonnes per annum these trades represent a major source of employment for the smaller Handysize and Handymax vessels. Several minor bulk cargoes, including steel products and cement suffered an especially severe decline in trade volumes during the global financial crisis. The subsequent recovery in overall minor bulk trade volumes to an estimated all-time high in 2013 has been shaped by some different drivers than during the pre-2008 period with a greater emphasis on Chinese imports of industrial raw materials, such as bauxite and nickel ore. The estimated CAGR for minor bulk volumes for the period from 2008 to 2013 was 3%.

 

57


Table of Contents

Demand for Dry Bulk Shipping

Dry bulk trade is a function of levels of a) general economic activity, b) the industrialization/urbanization of developing countries, c) population growth (plus changes in dietary habits) and d) regional shifts in cargo supply/demand balances due to, among other factors, the development of new export/import capacity or depletion/development of mineral reserves. The distances cargoes shipped chiefly reflect regional commodity surpluses and deficits. Generally, the more concentrated the sources of cargo supply, the greater the average distance shipped.

Dry bulk carrier demand is determined by the overall volumes of cargo moved and the distance that these cargoes are shipped, which is referred to as tonne-mile demand, as well as changes in vessel efficiency. These changes may be caused by such factors as (1) vessel speed (in the recent high fuel cost/low freight rate environment, there has been an incentive for shipowners to reduce speed and lower fuel consumption); (2) port delays (which have been a common occurrence in the last 10 years as inland and port logistics in several key export areas have struggled to meet surging global demand) and (3) laden to ballast ratios—i.e. how much time vessels spend sailing empty on re-positioning voyages. Ballasting has also been on the increase over the last 10 years due to the widening imbalance in cargo flows between the Atlantic and Pacific Basins.

World seaborne dry bulk trade followed a steady underlying upward trend during the 1980s and 1990s. Compound annual average growth in the major dry bulk cargoes over this period was an estimated 2.5%, before accelerating sharply to 6.3% annually in the decade from 2000-09 and to an estimated 7.1% in 2010 to 2013.

Both the growth in dry bulk trade volumes since the global financial crisis of 2008/09, and the preceding acceleration in the underlying rate of expansion in cargo movements, were primarily due to the rapid industrialization and urbanization of China. From approximately 130 Mt in 2000, Chinese dry bulk imports had leapt to almost 1.3 billion tonnes twelve years later, as illustrated in the accompanying chart. In addition, Chinese customs data for the period from January 2013 to September 2013 show that China’s dry bulk imports were up by approximately 12% compared to the same period in 2012. Such an expansion has been facilitated by investments in new mining and port faculties in key exporting areas around the world in response to Chinese-driven increases in commodity prices.

The table below provides a more detailed comparison of China’s dry bulk imports between 2007 (the strongest year for dry bulk carrier vessel earnings) and 2012 (the weakest year in the recent downswing). It confirms iron ore’s role as the leading source of growth during this five year period. This reflects not only increases in Chinese steel production (and, therefore, iron ore consumption) to meet the needs of an industrializing and urbanizing economy, but also the substitution of higher-quality imported iron ore for lower-quality Chinese supplies. This growth has mainly been to the benefit of Capesize vessels, hauling cargoes from West Australia and Brazil.

The table also highlights high rates of growth across a range of other cargoes, such as coal, grains and some of the key minor bulks. Indonesia and Australia are the primary sources of Chinese coal imports, while Indonesia is also the dominant supplier of bauxite and nickel ore to China. These trades have been an important source of employment for mid-size vessels in the Pacific. In the grain trades, increased Chinese demand for soyabeans from Latin America and the US has boosted tonne-mile demand in the mid-sizes.

 

58


Table of Contents

Chinese Dry Bulk Imports (Million Tonnes)

 

     2007      2012      CAGR  

Iron Ore

     383.1         745.5         +14

Steel Products

     17.1         13.9         -4

Coal*

     55.0         288.0         +39

Bauxite/alumina

     28.5         45.1         +10

Grains

     32.4         72.4         +17

Fertiliser

     11.7         8.4         -6

Other Ores/Scrap**

     36.3         99.5         +22
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total of above

     564.1         1272.8         +18
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes lignite
** Nickel ore , manganese ore, copper ore, chrome ore and ferrous scrap.
Source: Chinese Customs

Outside of China, most of the additional growth in dry bulk cargo import demand during the past 5 to 6 years has been generated by other Asian economies. For example, Indian coal imports are estimated to have risen from 55 Mt in 2007 to 159 Mt in 2012, reflecting the strength of demand from electricity generators, cement and steel industries. Although India has added several Capesize coal import terminals in recent years, a majority of the coal cargoes arriving in the country are shipped by Supramax, Panamax and Kamsarmax vessels. More established Asian import markets, such as South Korea, have also contributed to the region’s import growth with the increase in Korean imports of coal and iron ore between 2007 and 2012 (of 57 Mt) more than offsetting the corresponding decrease in Japanese imports (of 10.5 Mt).

In contrast, European mineral imports have staged only a partial recovery from their cyclical lows in 2009 and have remained below their 2007 totals, partly due to the ongoing financial crisis in the eurozone. Consequently, Far East Asia’s share of world seaborne major bulk imports is estimated to have increased to 70-75% from approximately 60% in the middle of the last decade and 50-55% in 2000. As a result, the most dry bulk trade growth has been seen within the Pacific basin, which has been supplemented by increases in fronthaul trade from the Atlantic to the Pacific (primarily iron ore on Capesize vessels and grains on Panamaxes and Supramaxes).

 

59


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

60


Table of Contents

Fleet

The cargoes outlined above are predominantly carried by dry bulk carriers of more than 10,000 dwt. Dry bulk carriers are single-decked ships that transport dry cargoes in “bulk” form (i.e. loose within cargo holds, rather than in bags, crates or on pallets). As at the end of August 2013, the total fleet of 10,000+ dwt dry bulk carriers numbered approximately 9,489 vessels of 699.2 million deadweight (Mdwt).

This fleet is divided into four principal size segments: Handysize (10-39,999 dwt), Handymax (40-64,999 dwt), Panamax (65-99,999 dwt) and Capesize (100,000+ dwt). Aside from size, the main distinction between dry bulk vessel types is whether they are geared (i.e. equipped with cranes for loading/discharge) or gearless. The main characteristics of these four vessel types are summarised below, while the accompanying table summarises the current structure of the fleet by age and size. It shows that in terms of deadweight capacity, the Capesize sector is the largest with 41.4% of the end-September 2013 total, followed by Panamaxes at 25.3%, Handymaxes at 21.7% and Handysizes at 11.6%.

Capesize (100,000+dwt):     These ships are almost exclusively deployed on the iron ore and coal trades, which benefit most from their scale economies. There are three main sub-types: small Capes (100-119,999 dwt), standard Capes (160-209,999 dwt) and Very Large Ore Carriers (220,00 dwt and above).

Panamax (65-99,999 dwt):     The strict definition of a Panamax bulk carrier is a ship able to transit the Panama Canal fully laden. However, in recent years this definition has become blurred as (1) only a minority of the vessels in this size range pass through the Panama Canal in any 12-month period and (2) shipyards have developed new designs in anticipation of the Panama Canal’s expanded dimensions from 2015 onwards. For these reasons our fleet definition stretches from 65,000 to 99,999 dwt, encompassing three main sub-types: traditional Panamaxes (70-79,999 dwt), Kamsarmaxes (82/83,000 dwt, which are currently the largest bulk carrier to transit the Panama Canal fully laden) and post-Panamaxes (85-99,999 dwt). The baseload demand for these vessel types is provided by coal and grain cargoes, although they also participate in a number of other trades (including iron ore, bauxite and fertilisers). Only a small minority of vessels in this size range are equipped with cargo gear as most of the ports served have well developed cargo loading or discharge terminals.

Handymax (40,000-64,999dwt):     This segment of the dry bulk carrier fleet contains three distinct sub-categories: the traditional Handymax size (40-49,999 dwt), the Supramax size (50-59,999dwt) and the Ultramax size (60-64,999 dwt). Despite their increased size, these vessels retain a high degree of trading flexibility as their cargo gear enables them to load and/or discharge at ports with limited facilities. They are more widely deployed on longer-haul routes than Handysizes (due to the greater scale economies that they offer). Whereas the traditional Handymax types have gained market share from the sub-40,000 dwt fleet of Handysizes over the past 20 years, the new generation of Supramax and Ultramax vessels are also competing for business on Panamax routes (e.g. grains from Latin America).

Handysize (10,000-39,999 dwt):     These ships carry the widest range of cargoes of any dry bulk size segment and are the most dependent on the minor bulks for employment. They are usually equipped with cargo-handling gear (cranes or derricks) and are widely used on routes to and from draft-restricted ports that a) cannot receive larger ships and b) often lack their own land-based cargo-handling equipment. Many such loading or discharge facilities are located in the developing nations. Due to the limited scale economies that these vessels offer, compared to larger tonnage, many of these ships are extensively employed on intra-regional, shorter-haul trades. Special designs of ship are associated with the carriage of such cargoes as steel

 

61


Table of Contents

products and logs (i.e “open-hatch” and “log-fitted” vessels); while some variants also exist in terms of cargo-handling equipment, e.g. “grab-fitted” tonnage possessing scoops that facilitate easier unloading of certain cargo types.

Dry Bulk Carrier Fleet by Size/Age (Million Dwt):

As at 30 th  September 2013

 

Built/Dwt

   10-39,999      40-64,999      65-99,999      100,000 +      Total  

Pre-1989

     15.5         9.7         3.9         3.9         33.0   

1989-93

     3.1         4.7         8.2         21.9         37.9   

1994-98

     9.3         16.6         21.6         30.2         77.7   

1999-03

     7.5         17.2         24.2         23.8         72.6   

2004-08

     9.9         26.2         34.2         45.5         115.9   

2009-13

     35.9         78.2         85.5         165.4         365.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fleet

     81.2         152.6         177.6         290.5         702.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Avg Age

     12 Yrs         8 Yrs         8 Yrs         7 Yrs         9 Yrs   

 

Totals may not add due to rounding

Ownership

Ownership in the dry bulk segment is highly fragmented, with SSY’s database showing approximately 2,000 different owners. The largest 10 owners account for approximately 15-16% of the fleet in terms of deadweight carrying capacity, but this will include a large number of Chinese-flagged vessels that will trade on domestic, as well as international, routes.

While such analysis will tend to understate levels of market concentration, due to the operation of vessel pools and chartered in fleets, the dry bulk segment is sufficiently competitive to ensure that vessel spot market earnings are extremely responsive to fluctuations in the supply/demand balance both globally and regionally.

Supply of Dry Bulk Shipping

The supply of dry bulk carriers is fundamentally determined by the delivery of new vessels from the world’s shipbuilding industry and the removal of older vessels, mainly through demolition.

Newbuilding deliveries not only reflect the demand from shipowners for new tonnage, but also available shipyard capacity. Following a sharp increase in demand for new vessels in all of the main sectors of the commercial shipping industry during the last decade, and an accompanying rise in shipbuilding prices to record levels in 2007/8, there was a massive China-led expansion in world shipbuilding capacity. In the case of the dry bulk sector, annual newbuilding deliveries surged from 24.1 Mdwt in 2008 (and an average of 19.0 Mdwt p.a. in 2000-07 inclusive) to 43.6 Mdwt in 2009, 78.7 Mdwt in 2010 and a peak of 98.5 Mdwt in 2012.

The resulting impact on freight market balances and vessel earnings, as described elsewhere in this section, led to sharply reduced levels of dry bulk carrier ordering in 2011 and 2012, which is now starting to be reflected in deliveries.

Estimates for January-September 2013 put total dry bulk carrier newbuilding deliveries at 47.6 Mdwt, which implies that this year’s annual total will be the lowest since 2009. There has been some revival in dry bulk carrier newbuilding investments during 2013, in spite of the

 

62


Table of Contents

generally weak freight market earnings in the first eight months of the year. These orders have tended to be focused on new, more fuel efficient ship designs, where shipyard descriptions offer significantly lower fuel consumption compared with existing vessels through a combination of new technology main engines and refinements of hull forms.

The rising costs of bunker fuels over the past 5-10 years are illustrated in the accompanying chart, which is based on the Supramax vessel specifications used by the Baltic Exchange and estimated bunker prices in Singapore. This shows an increase at sea, at full speed, from approximately $4,500/day in 2002 to approximately $20,000/day in 2012. We would, however, stress that (1) there is a wide variance in individual vessel fuel consumptions, even within the same size segments, and (2) that, as described earlier in this section, vessels have been operating at slower speeds in order to lower their daily fuel consumption and costs.

The accompanying table summarizes the confirmed dry bulk carrier orderbook at the end of September 2013, by vessel size and scheduled year of delivery, which is at 15% of the global fleet. These delivery dates can be subject to delay with actual deliveries in recent years significantly lagging scheduled totals. For example, 2012 deliveries were an estimated 31.6% below the scheduled total as of January 1, 2012. At an estimated 110.1 Mdwt, the total tonnage on order represents approximately 15.7% of the existing fleet. This compares with end-year highs of 56.5% in 2007, 57.2% in 2009 and 67.3% in 2008, as illustrated in the table below.

Dry Bulk Carrier Newbuilding Orderbook by Size Range (Million Dwt):

As at 30 th  September 2013

 

Delivery

   10-39,999     40-64,999     65-99,999     100,000 +     Total  

2013

     3.0        5.4        8.8        9.2        26.4   

2014

     5.9        10.0        13.6        18.6        48.1   

2015

     3.7        6.9        6.4        10.6        27.6   

2016+

     0.8        2.2        1.2        3.9        8.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     13.4        24.5        30.0        42.3        110.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Fleet

     16.5     16.1     16.9     14.6     15.7

 

Totals may not add due to rounding

1. At present, the Panama Canal can accommodate ships of maximum beam (i.e. extreme vessel breadth) of 32.3 meters, maximum length overall (LOA) of 294.1m and maximum draft of 12m tropical fresh water (TFW). Post-enlargement, these limits will increase to 49m beam, 366m LOA and 15.2m TFW draft.
2. 30 tonnes (380cst) per day at 14.0 knots laden/14.5 knots ballast

 

63


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Typically dry bulk carriers are scrapped between the ages of 25 and 30 years1. However, demolition is not simply a function of the fleet’s age profile. Several factors will influence an owners’ decision on whether to scrap older vessels, notably (1) actual and anticipated returns from the charter market, (2) the relative running costs of the vessel and (3) prospective expenditure at classification society surveys. For much of the decade 2000-09, returns from the dry bulk charter markets supported continued investment in vessel life extension and scrapping

 

64


Table of Contents

volumes fell to minimal levels. This, however, ensured an accumulation of older tonnage in the fleet and, as a result, demolition proved extremely responsive to a deterioration in freight market conditions. For instance, deletions from the dry bulk fleet rose from 3.5 Mdwt in 2008 to 14.7 Mdwt in 2009 and a new annual record of 34.7 Mdwt in 2012. Deletions in January through September 2013 totaled an estimated 17.8 Mdwt.

As the accompanying chart illustrates, record volumes of ship demolition did not prevent a marked acceleration in the rate of dry bulk carrier fleet supply growth. From 6-7% p.a. in 2005-08, net fleet growth leapt to 9% in 2009 and 16.6% in 2010 with further years of double-digit percentage growth following in 2011 and 2012, before slowing to approximately 6% in 2013.

Demolition did, however, contribute to the uneven development of dry bulk carrier fleet supply over the past 5-6 years. In particular, the removal of elderly Handysize vessels, combined with the relatively modest newbuilding programme in this sector compared with the other sizes, ensured that the 10-39,999 dwt fleet grew at an estimated CAGR of just 1.8% between 2008 and 2013, compared with 10.0% for 40-64,999 dwt Handymaxes, 11.9% for 65-99,999 dwt Panamaxes and 15.2% for 100,000+ dwt Capes. As a result, the Handysize sector’s share of total dwt capacity fell from an estimated 17.9% at the end of 2008 to 11.6% at the end of September 2013. By contrast, the share accounted for by 100,000+ dwt Capes rose from 34.6% to 41.4% over the same period. The 65-99,999 dwt Panamax sector recorded a modest increase in its share, from 24.7% to 25.3%, and the 40-64,999 dwt Handymax sector a modest decline, from 22.8% to 21.7%.

Despite the demolition of recent years, there remains almost 33 Mdwt of vessels aged 25 years or older in the current dry bulk carrier fleet with a further 37.9 Mdwt aged 20-24 years. Existing pre-1989 built vessels are heavily concentrated in the Handysize and Handymax fleets, representing 19.1% and 6.4% of total tonnage supply in these two sectors.

 

LOGO

 

(1) In 2012 and the first nine months of 2013, the average age of Handysize vessels scrapped was 30 years, for Handymax it was 28 years, for Panamax it was 27 years and for Capes it was 22-23 years.

 

65


Table of Contents

Charter Market & Freight Rates

The chartering of dry bulk vessels can take several different forms, the most typical of which are summarized below.

 

  a) Single voyage (“spot”) charter

This involves the hire of a vessel for just one stipulated voyage, carrying a designated quantity of a named commodity. For most such charters, an individual ship is specified that will carry out the voyage to be undertaken. The terms of the agreement between the charterer and vessel owner usually defines the port (or ports) of cargo loading and discharge, the dates between which the cargo is to be loaded, plus the cargo-handling terms. The vessel owner will receive from the charterer a mutually agreed payment (normally quoted as a US$ per ton freight rate). In return, the shipowner pays all voyage expenses (e.g. the costs of fuel consumed on the voyage, plus port expenses), all operating costs (e.g. insurance and crewing of the vessel), and capital expenses (i.e. the servicing of any mortgage debt on the ship).

 

  b) Contract of affreightment (“COA”)

Under a COA, the vessel owner and charterer agree terms for the carriage of a designated volume of a given commodity on a specified route (or routes), with such shipments being carried out on a regular basis. The agreement does not normally identify an individual ship that will be used to fulfil its terms, but more general specifications on the vessels to be used (e.g. maximum age). Under the terms of a COA, freight is normally paid on an agreed US$ per ton basis, with the vessel owner then meeting all voyage, operating and capital costs incurred in the execution of such a charter.

 

  c) Time charter

Under a time charter, the charterer takes the ship on hire for either (1) a trip between designated delivery and re-delivery positions or (2) for a designated period (e.g. 12 months). The freight rate agreed between the shipowner and charterer is in terms of a daily hire rate (in US dollars), rather than as a US$ per ton figure. For longer term period charters, this may escalate at a rate mutually agreed between vessel owner and charterer. Under the terms of such charters, the vessel owner meets the ship’s operating and capital costs, with the charterer paying all variable voyage expenses (mainly fuel costs, plus port and canal dues). In addition, and unless otherwise stipulated in the charter agreement, the period charterer is able to trade the vessel to and from whichever loading and discharge ports that they choose, carrying whichever cargoes they prefer.

 

  d) Bareboat charter

Under a bareboat charter, the vessel owner effectively relinquishes control of their ship to the charterer (usually for a period of several years). The shipowner receives an agreed level of remuneration (which may again escalate at a mutually agreed rate) for the duration of the charter and remains responsible for the vessel’s capital costs. In return, the charterer assumes total control of the vessel, thereby becoming responsible for operating the ship and meeting all costs of such operation (e.g. crewing, repairs and maintenance), as well as the direct voyage expenses incurred (i.e. fuel costs, port expenses, etc) when it is trading.

Freight Rates

Freight rates are determined by the balance of tonnage demand and tonnage supply. Primarily as the result of record newbuilding deliveries, fleet utilisation rates have dropped sharply from the peak levels of 2007, as illustrated by movements in key freight market indicators.

 

66


Table of Contents

Given the diversity of routes and cargoes traded by the dry bulk fleet, freight market measures tend to focus on average worldwide spot earnings (expressed in US$/day). The most recognized of these measures are published on a daily basis by the Baltic Exchange in London. In addition to global averages for standard designs of Handysize (28,000 dwt), Supramax (52,450 dwt), Panamax (74,000 dwt) and Capesize (172,000 dwt) vessels, together with a number of component routes, the Baltic Exchange also publishes a daily composite Index for the entire dry bulk market (the BDI or Baltic Exchange Dry Index).

From its all-time high of almost 12,000 points in May 2008, just prior to the global financial crisis, the BDI fell to below 700 points in December of the same year. After partial recovery in 2009, negative pressure on freight markets returned under the weight of sustained fleet supply growth. At 920 points in 2012, the BDI’s annual average was the lowest since the 1980s. By the end of October 2013, the BDI’s year to date average was 1,093 points, but October 2013 had represented the highest monthly average since 2011 (1,883 points) and by October 8, 2013 the index had reached its highest daily level since October 2011.

The first of the accompanying charts traces developments in representative 12 month time charter rates for the four main sizes since 2002, encompassing the all-time highs in vessel earnings and the subsequent slump in rates. The second chart looks in more detail at developments since the beginning of 2009. These are based on existing modern (i.e. under 10 years of age) vessels. Within these individual size ranges, period rates will vary according to such factors as vessel age, size, fuel consumption and yard of build.

Although both charts show the extent to which vessel earnings in the different size ranges move broadly in tandem, they also highlight that the sharpness of market rises and falls vary in degree. Those size groups that carry the narrowest range of cargoes—or which are employed on the least number of routes—tend to experience the greatest variations in charter rates. Hence, in the dry bulk shipping sector, earnings of Capesizes have been prone to fluctuate to a far greater degree than those of smaller vessels. It appears that as the average size of Capesize has increased, so has its relative volatility compared with the other sizes.

Another feature of the recent downswing in the freight market cycle has been the relative resilience of earnings in the Handymax and Handysize sectors compared with the larger vessel sizes. This can be partly attributed to the greater trading versatility offered by the cargo gear on Handymax types, but also relative rates of fleet supply growth.

 

67


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

68


Table of Contents

Asset Values

In addition to the global balance between the demand for new vessels and available shipbuilding capacity, newbuilding prices are also influenced by changes in vessel construction costs, due to such factors as movements in steel plate prices or exchange rates against the US dollar in key shipbuilding nations (principally China, Japan and South Korea).

A higher US dollar cost base helps to explain why oversupplied shipbuilding markets have not returned newbuilding prices to their previous historic lows. For example, Panamax bulk carrier newbuilding prices in Japan fell from $56 million in the third quarter of 2008 to $29 million in the final quarter of 2012, which compares with an estimated $20 million in the first quarter of 2002. The current Japanese price is estimated to be $33 million.

Secondhand values are primarily shaped by actual and anticipated earnings, newbuilding replacement costs (which are relevant for modern vessels) and residual scrap value (more relevant for older units).

The accompanying charts compare the development of representative newbuilding, five and ten year old secondhand prices for Handysize, Handymax and Panamax vessels since 2002. Individual vessel prices will vary according to such factors as specific size, age, cargo gear, yard of build and fuel consumption. Following the pattern of the charter markets, prices peaked between mid-2007 and mid-2008. Such was the shortage of shipbuilding capacity during that period—with a lengthening lead time between contracting and delivery—that demand for existing vessels with prompt delivery briefly created the abnormal situation where secondhand vessels were priced at a premium to newbuildings.

Consequently the percentage decline in secondhand prices from their peaks was more severe than for newbuildings. Nevertheless, prices did not fall back to their 2002 lows and have shown a firmer trend since the beginning of 2013 with five year old values rising by an average of 20-25% between December 2012 and October 2013.

 

LOGO

 

69


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

70


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

History and Development of the Company

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. was established on March 20, 2013 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. In July 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation) for net proceeds of $242.8 million in the July 2013 Private Placement; in September 2013, we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.2 million in the September 2013 Private Placement; and in October 2013, we issued and sold an additional 32,590,411 common shares for net proceeds of $291.0 million in the October 2013 Private Placement.

Our initial fleet will consist of 43 newbuilding drybulk vessels, including 26 Ultramax vessels, 14 Kamsarmax vessels and three Capesize vessels, each with a carrying capacity of between 60,000 dwt and 180,000 dwt and an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 3.3 million dwt. We refer to these vessels as our Initial Fleet. Until we take delivery of one or more of the vessels in our Initial Fleet, which is expected to occur in the first quarter of 2015, we do not anticipate earning a material amount of revenues from our operations unless we charter-in vessels or purchase recently delivered newbuilding vessels. The vessels in our Initial Fleet are to be constructed at established shipyards in Japan, China and Romania and are scheduled to be delivered to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016.

We have issued an aggregate of 97,240,411 common shares in three separate Norwegian private placements exempt from registration under the Securities Act, resulting in net proceeds to us of $824.0 million, in aggregate, which we refer to collectively as the “Equity Private Placements.”

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have in excess of $         million of available cash from the net proceeds of this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $         per share (the closing price of our common shares on the Norwegian OTC List on December         , 2013 based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of NOK          per $1.00 in effect on that date), and a portion of the net proceeds of $         from the Equity Private Placements. As of November 25, 2013 prospectus, we have paid a total of $157.0 million in initial installment payments due under our shipbuilding contracts for our Initial Fleet. We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments of $1,150.8 million for our Initial Fleet with the net proceeds received from this offering, the remaining net proceeds we have received from the Equity Private Placements, other available cash on hand, cash flows from operations after the delivery of one or more vessels in our Initial Fleet, borrowings under new secured credit facilities, and from securities offered in the public and private debt and equity capital markets. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in obtaining the necessary financing to fund all of our remaining contractual obligations under our shipbuilding contracts or will be able to take all of the vessels we have agreed to acquire.

In addition, we plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the net proceeds from future equity or debt offerings or both, together with the amounts we expect to be available to us under the credit facilities we plan to enter, to fund additional vessel acquisitions. Our intention is to acquire additional latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient vessel specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt, either directly from shipyards or from owners with existing newbuilding vessel contracts. We may also acquire secondhand vessels that meet our stringent vessel specifications. The timing of these vessel acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive acquisition terms. Although we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing, we intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of the Company’s vessels collateralizing its indebtedness on a consolidated basis.

 

71


Table of Contents

Business Overview

We are a newly formed international shipping company created on March 20, 2013 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage. The drybulk carriers that we have agreed to acquire for an aggregate purchase price of $1,307.8 million, will transport a broad range of major and minor bulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and will be employed primarily in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools of similarly sized vessels.

Our primary objective is to profitably grow our business and increase shareholder value by focusing on latest generation drybulk carriers. We intend to leverage the relationships, expertise and reputation of the Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group to manage, service and employ our fleet and to identify opportunities to expand our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions.

Our Relationship with the Scorpio Group

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies. Our vessel operations are managed under the supervision of our board of directors, by our management team and by members of the Scorpio Group of companies. We expect our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies will give us access to their relationships with major international charterers, lenders and shipbuilders. We will have access to Scorpio Group’s customer and supplier relationships and their technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively and operate our vessels on a cost efficient basis. The Scorpio Group, through SSH, is expected to beneficially own approximately     % of our common shares following the completion of this offering. Please see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

In addition to our relationship with Scorpio Tankers, we believe there are opportunities for us to benefit from operational, charterer and shipyard-based synergies due to our broader shared relationship with the Scorpio Group which includes:

 

   

SSM, which provides vessel technical management services for 27 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels.

 

   

SCM, which provides vessel commercial management services for 95 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels. SCM manages 79 vessels (excluding the vessels in our Initial Fleet) through the spot market-oriented Scorpio Group Pools, which include the Scorpio LR2 Pool, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio MR Pool and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool.

 

   

SSH, which provides us and related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will realize any benefits from our relationship with Scorpio Tankers or the Scorpio Group.

 

72


Table of Contents

Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls SCM, our commercial manager, and SSM, our technical manager. These relationships could create conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. These conflicts may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other companies affiliated with our commercial or technical managers. As a result of these conflicts, our commercial and technical managers, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or other owner’s interests over our interests. To the extent there is a conflict of interest, there is no assurance that it will be resolved in our favor.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths in our industry, including:

Experienced management teams.     Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Since 2003, under the leadership of Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Scorpio Group, together with Scorpio Tankers, has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to an owner of 73 vessels, and an operator or manager of approximately 108 vessels, as of November 5, 2013. Mr. Robert Bugbee, our Co-Founder, President and Director, also holds a senior management position within the Scorpio Group and is the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers, has more than 27 years of experience in the shipping industry and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company until its sale in 2007. Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee are supported by Mr. Cameron Mackey, Mr. Hugh Baker, Mr. Luca Forgione, who serve as our Chief Operating Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our General Counsel, respectively, of whom Messrs. Mackey and Forgione also serve as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers. Mr. Mackey is also a director of Scorpio Tankers. Messrs. Mackey, Baker and Forgione serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group and have 19, 21 and 10 years of experience, respectively, in the shipping industry, and, with Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee, collectively have over 77 years of combined shipping experience, and have developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer has experience in the ownership and operation of dry bulk carriers, through the Scorpio Group, which has owned and operated several dry bulk carriers, and in the upstream and downstream supply chain of dry bulk commodities, as founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Scorpio Logistics Ltd. Our executive officers are not required to work full-time on our affairs and also perform services for other companies, including Scorpio Tankers. Initially, we expect that our executive officers will devote a substantial portion of their business time to the completion of our drybulk carrier acquisition program and management of the Company.

Attractive Initial Fleet.     Our Initial Fleet of 43 newbuilding drybulk carriers, including 26 Ultramax vessels, 14 Kamsarmax vessels and three Capesize vessels, are scheduled to be delivered to us between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016. We believe that owning a modern, well-maintained fleet reduces operating costs, improves the quality of service we deliver and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters with high-quality counterparties. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these latest generation, fuel-efficient drybulk vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage.

Significant available liquidity to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities.     Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have at least $         million of available cash,

 

73


Table of Contents

including $        , which is a portion of the net proceeds from the Equity Private Placements, and net proceeds of $         million from this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share. We intend to use the substantial majority of our available cash, and borrowing capacity under the secured credit facilities we intend to enter, to pursue vessel acquisitions, including the acquisition of our Initial Fleet, consistent with our business strategy. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic acquisitions at attractive prices.

Access to attractive acquisition and chartering opportunities.     Scorpio Group, including Scorpio Tankers, has established strong global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, brokers and commercial shipping lenders. We believe that the Scorpio Group’s relationships with these counterparties and its strong sale and purchase track record and reputation as a creditworthy counterparty should provide us, as a member of the Scorpio Group, with access to attractive asset acquisitions, chartering and vessel financing opportunities.

High quality, cost efficient vessel opportunities.     We believe that Scorpio Group’s experience with the commercial and technical management of vessels and its reputation in the industry as an operator with high safety and quality operating standards will be important in establishing and retaining high quality charterers that are looking for reliable and responsible operators to meet their exacting standards for vessel chartering and day-to-day operation.

Our Business Strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and emerge as a successful owner and operator of drybulk vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

Expanding our fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of high-quality vessels at attractive prices.     We intend to acquire latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view this vessel class as providing attractive return characteristics given the relatively low vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.

Optimizing vessel revenues primarily through spot market exposure.     The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased from the record low levels of 647 in February 2012 to 1,994 on November 1, 2013. We expect the upward trend in drybulk carrier charter rates will continue for the near to medium term through the expected delivery of our Initial Fleet, and intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. There can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will continue to increase and the market could decline.

 

74


Table of Contents

Focusing on drybulk carriers based on the experience and expertise of the Scorpio Group and our management team in the international shipping industry.     We believe that major international commodity companies seek transportation partners that are financially stable and have a reputation for reliability, safety, and high environmental and quality standards. We intend to leverage the operational expertise and customer base of the Scorpio Group and the members of our management team in order to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service.

Minimizing operating and corporate expenses.     Pursuant to the Master Agreement with SSM and SCM will coordinate and oversee the technical and commercial management of our fleet, respectively. We believe that SSM and SCM will be able to provide these services at costs that are lower than what we could achieve by performing these functions in-house.

Maintain a strong balance sheet through moderate use of leverage.     We plan to finance our Initial Fleet and future vessel acquisitions with a mix of debt and equity, but intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage over time, even though we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing. By maintaining moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of the vessels collateralizing our indebtedness, we expect to retain greater flexibility than our more leveraged competitors to operate our vessels under shorter spot or period charters. Charterers have increasingly favored financially solid vessel owners, and we believe that our expected balance sheet strength will enable us to access more favorable chartering opportunities, as well as give us a competitive advantage in pursuing vessel acquisitions from commercial banks and shipyards, which have also recently displayed a preference for contracting with well capitalized counterparties.

 

75


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

The following table summarizes key information about our Initial Fleet as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Vessel Name

   Vessel
Type
   Shipyard(1)    Vessel Size (dwt)      Latest Scheduled
Delivery
Date(2)
 
(Firm Newbuildings To Be Constructed)                        

SBI Hera

   Ultramax    Mitsui      60,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Zeus

   Ultramax    Mitsui      60,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Leo

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q2 2015   

SBI Lyra

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Subaru

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Ursa

   Ultramax    Dacks      61,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Antares

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Bravo

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Hydra

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Maia

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Hyperion

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q2 2015   

SBI Tethys

   Ultramax    Nacks      61,000         Q2 2015   

SBI Echo

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Tango

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Cronos

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q1 2016   

SBI Hermes

   Ultramax    Imabari      61,000         Q1 2016   

SBI Hercules

   Ultramax    Chengxi      63,500         Q1 2016   

SBI Orion

   Ultramax    Chengxi      63,500         Q4 2015   

SBI Pegasus

   Ultramax    Chengxi      63,500         Q3 2015   

SBI Kratos

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Samson

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Phoenix

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q3 2016   

SBI Athena

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Thalia

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Phoebe

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Perseus

   Ultramax    Chengxi      64,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Salsa

   Kamsarmax    Tsuneishi      81,600         Q3 2015   

SBI Merengue

   Kamsarmax    Tsuneishi      81,600         Q1 2016   

SBI Samba

   Kamsarmax    Imabari      84,000         Q1 2015   

SBI Rumba

   Kamsarmax    Imabari      84,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Capoeira

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Carioca

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Lambada

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q1 2016   

SBI Macarena

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q2 2016   

SBI Swing

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q3 2016   

SBI Jive

   Kamsarmax    Hudong      82,000         Q3 2016   

SBI Electra

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Flamenco

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q3 2015   

SBI Rock

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q4 2015   

SBI Twist

   Kamsarmax    Yangzijiang      82,000         Q1 2016   

TBN

   Capesize    Daewoo      180,000         Q4 2015   

TBN

   Capesize    Daewoo      180,000         Q4 2015   

TBN

   Capesize    Daewoo      180,000         Q1 2016   

 

(1) As used in this prospectus, “Mitsui” refers to Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Dacks” refers to Dalian Cosclo KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd., “Nacks” refers to Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co., Ltd., “Chengxi” refers to Chengxi Shipyard Co., Ltd., “Imabari” refers to Imabari Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Tsuneishi” refers to Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc. “Hudong” refers to Hudong-Zhonghua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Inc., “Yangzijiang” refers to Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. and “Daewoo” refers to Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.
(2) Based on terms of the newbuilding contracts.

 

76


Table of Contents

Our Newbuilding Contracts

We have entered into a newbuilding contract for each of the newbuilding vessels in our Initial Fleet with the shipyard constructing the vessel. These contracts generally contain customary provisions, including:

 

   

the technical specifications relating to the construction of the vessel to meet operational performance criteria characteristic of vessels of such class such as maximum carrying capacity, fuel consumption and speed;

 

   

the scheduled installment payments for the contract price of the vessel, which generally coincide with specific construction events in the building process with the final installment payment due upon delivery of the vessel to us;

 

   

adjustments in the contract price for or, under certain circumstances, our right to rescind the contract in the event of, among other things, materials delays in the delivery of the vessel to us or a material deficiency in the completed vessel’s specifications or performance;

 

   

our right to supervise the construction of the vessel; and

 

   

a warranty by the shipyard to remedy all defects in the vessel, its hull and machinery or its equipment that are discovered within an agreed upon time, generally a period of 12 months from the delivery of the vessel.

In addition, in connection with each of the newbuilding contracts for vessels in our Initial Fleet we have entered into refund guarantees with an unaffiliated bank at or around the time that we enter such newbuilding contract, pursuant to which the bank guarantees the repayment of installments paid to the shipyard in the event of certain defaults by the shipyard.

Employment of Our Fleet

Generally, we intend to operate our vessels in spot market-oriented commercial pools, in the spot market or, under certain circumstances, on time charters.

Spot Market-Oriented Commercial Pools

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we intend to participate in commercial pools operated by SCM, in which other shipowners with similar, high-quality, modern and well-maintained vessels participate. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by attempting to secure backhaul voyages, which is when cargo is transported on the return leg of a journey, and cargo COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market.

We expect that each of the vessels in our Initial Fleet following their delivery to us will initially be employed in either the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool or the Scorpio Capesize Pool, which are newly formed spot market-oriented pools with no history of operations that we expect will be formed after this offering but before delivery of the vessels in our Initial Fleet and will be managed by SCM and will expose us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.

 

77


Table of Contents

Scorpio Ultramax Pool, Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and Scorpio Capesize Pool

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we intend to participate in a commercial pool with other shipowners with similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. The managers of the pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

When we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a drybulk carrier pool managed by our commercial manager.

SCM, a Monaco corporation controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which our founder, and expected Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member, will be responsible for the administration of the pool and the commercial management of the participating vessels, including the marketing, chartering, operating and bunker (fuel oil) purchases for the vessels. The pool participants will remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their vessels. The earnings of all of the vessels will be aggregated and divided according to the relative performance capabilities of the vessel and the actual earning days each vessel is available.

The Scorpio Ultramax Pool, Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and Scorpio Capesize Pool are newly formed pools that intend to operate in the international shipping market with a majority of the vessels in each pool to be employed in the spot market. Our vessels are expected to participate in the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and Scorpio Capesize Pool under the same contractual terms and conditions as the third party vessels in the pool. Each pool will aggregate the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distribute the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel operates in the period. SCM, as operator of the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and Scorpio Capesize Pool, is expected to charge $300 a day for each vessel plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. SCM is expected to negotiate voyage charters, short duration time charters, and contracts of affreightment; manages procurement of bunkers, port charges and administrative services; and distributes the cash earnings.

Spot Market

A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis. Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk vessel charter rates.

 

78


Table of Contents

Time Charters

Time charters give us a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. In the future, we may opportunistically look to enter our vessels into time charter contracts should rates become more attractive. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit if the spot market increases.

Management of Our Business

Commercial and Technical Management

Upon delivery our vessels will be commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement that has an initial term of two years. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools (described below), and will manage the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool in which we expect our Initial Fleet will be employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we will compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial and Technical Management Agreements” for additional information.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a company affiliated with us. SSH also arranges acquisitions for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group. Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, we will reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above and a pro-rata portion of the salary incurred by SSH for an internal auditor. We will also pay SSH a fee for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings, equal to $250,000 per vessel, due upon delivery of the vessel, which is payable in our common shares. We have agreed to issue upon delivery of each vessel (i) 31,250 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the first 17 vessels in our Initial Fleet; (ii) 25,811 common shares to SSH as

 

79


Table of Contents

payment related to each of the next nine vessels in our Initial Fleet; (iii) 25,633 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next ten vessels in our Initial Fleet; (iv) 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each for the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Initial Fleet; and (v) 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Initial Fleet. For all future vessels the number of common shares issuable to SSH as payment is based on the market value of our common shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect.

Officers and Crewing

We currently have one employee. Our executive officers are expected to be employed by us effective immediately after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and our support staff is expected to be provided by SSH pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement. Our technical manager will be responsible for identifying, screening and recruiting, directly or through a crewing agent, the officers and all other crew members for our vessels that are employed by our vessel-owning subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries that will own the vessels in our fleet, indirectly through our technical manager pursuant to the respective technical management agreements, will employ officers and crew members manning such vessels.

Our Customers

We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allow us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate and capable vessels. A prospective charterer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation and that of our commercial manager. We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership of drybulk vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state-controlled owners and private shipowners.

Seasonality

We will operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in quarter to quarter volatility in our operating results, which could affect the amount of dividends that we pay to our shareholders from quarter to quarter. The drybulk carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, revenues of drybulk carrier operators in general have historically been weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, been stronger in fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31. This seasonality may materially affect our operating results and cash available for dividends.

 

80


Table of Contents

Environmental and Other Regulations in the International Shipping Industry

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties and national, state and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental protection in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. These regulations include requirements relating to the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements may entail significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies; flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of our vessels.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels will be in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels will have all material permits licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 BP plc Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulations that could negatively affect our profitability.

International Maritime Organization

The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships, or the IMO, has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the related Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, which has been updated through various amendments (collectively, “MARPOL”). MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our vessels will operate.

MARPOL is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried, in bulk, in liquid or packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997.

 

81


Table of Contents

Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of “ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can for example include discharges occurring in the course of the ship’s repair and maintenance. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil (see below).

The IMO’s Maritime Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulphur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI requires that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur (from the previous cap of 4.50%). By January 1, 2020, sulfur content must not exceed 0.50%, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain “Emission Control Areas”, or “ECAs”. By July 1, 2010, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 1.0% (from 1.50%), which will be further reduced to 0.10% on January 1, 2015. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the Baltic Sea, the North Sea and certain coastal areas of North America are designated ECAs, and areas of the United States Caribbean Sea will become ECAs, effective January 1, 2014. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The U.S. EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009.

As of January 1, 2013 MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. This included the requirement that all new ships utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or “EEDI”, and all ships use the Ship Energy Management Plan (SEEMP).

We believe that all our vessels will be compliant in all material respects with these regulations. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Ballast Water Management

IMO adopted the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The

 

82


Table of Contents

BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard for it to take force. Upon entry into force of the BWM Convention, mid-ocean ballast exchange would be mandatory for our vessels. In addition, our vessels would be required to be equipped with a ballast water treatment system that meets mandatory concentration limits not later than the first intermediate or renewal survey, whichever occurs first, after the anniversary date of delivery of the vessel in 2014, for vessels with ballast water capacity of 1,500-5,000 cubic meters, or after such date in 2016, for vessels with ballast water capacity of greater than 5,000 cubic meters. If mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers. Although we do not believe that the costs of compliance with a mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO has also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS and the International Convention on Load Lines, or the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (LLMC) was recently amended and the amendments are expected to go into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against ship owners. We believe that all our vessels will be in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.

Under Chapter IX of SOLAS, the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical manager have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a ship owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by classification societies under the authority of each flag state, under the ISM Code. SSM has or will obtain documents of compliance for their offices and will obtain safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance, or the DOC, and safety management certificate, or the SMC, are renewed every five years, but the DOC is subject to audit verification annually and the SMC at least every 2.5 years.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. Many

 

83


Table of Contents

countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended by different Protocol in 1976, 1984, and 1992, and amended in 2000, or the CLC. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that the compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the ship owner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the ship owner’s intentional or reckless act or omission where the ship owner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires ships covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner’s liability for a single incident. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt shipboard oil pollution emergency plans and/or shipboard marine pollution emergency plans for noxious liquid substances in accordance with the guidelines developed by the IMO.

Compliance Enforcement

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for implementing and enforcing a broad range of international maritime regulations with respect to all ships granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance” evaluates and reports on flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification, implementation, and enforcement of principal international maritime treaties and regulations, supervision of statutory ship surveys, casualty investigations and participation at IMO and ILO meetings. All of our vessels will be flagged in the Marshall Islands. Marshall Islands flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry. We recognize the importance of a credible flag state and do not intend to use flags of convenience or flag states with poor performance indicators. Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. Each of our vessels will be ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained.

 

84


Table of Contents

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. OPA applies to oil tankers (which are not operated by us), as well as non-tanker ships with respect to the fuel oil, or bunkers, used to power such ships. CERCLA also applies to our operations.

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

   

injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and the costs of assessment thereof;

 

   

injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

 

   

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

 

   

loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

 

   

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources;

 

   

net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels to the greater of $1,000 per gross ton or $854,400 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA.

 

85


Table of Contents

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We plan to comply with the U.S. Coast Guard’s financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states, which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessels owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all existing and future applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

Other Environmental Initiatives

The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit authorizing ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. The Vessel General Permit imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, record keeping and reporting

 

86


Table of Contents

requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. The EPA has adopted a draft 2013 Vessel General Permit authorizing discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels to replace the current Vessel General Permit upon its expiration on December 19, 2013. The 2013 Vessel General Permit also contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and requires the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants. U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters, including restrictions on the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged from ships in U.S. waters. The Coast Guard ballast water standards are consistent with those adopted by the IMO in 2004. Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels will be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Our vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes will be equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. As indicated above, our vessels operating in covered port areas will be equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements.

Compliance with future EPA and U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of certain engineering equipment and water treatment systems to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. However, in July 2011

 

87


Table of Contents

MEPC adopted two new sets of mandatory requirements to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships that entered into force in January 2013. Currently operating ships are required to develop SEEMPs, and minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile will apply to new ships. These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. The IMO is considering the implementation of market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships at an upcoming MEPC session. The European Union has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine vessels. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and has proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, the EPA is considering a petition from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

International Labour Organization

The International Labour Organization (ILO) is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (MLC 2006). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 came into force on August 20, 2013 and we are in compliance with these results.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter V became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Among the various requirements are:

 

   

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

88


Table of Contents
   

on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

   

the development of a ship security plan;

 

   

ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

   

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

   

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Any vessel operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt from MTSA vessel security measures non-U.S. vessels provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. Our managers intend to implement the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and we intend that our fleet will comply with applicable security requirements.

Inspection by Classification Societies

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class”, signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys .    For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys .    Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

89


Table of Contents

Class Renewal Surveys .    Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a ship owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. Upon a ship owner’s request, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive drydocking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (the IACS). In 2012, the IACS issued draft harmonized Common Structure Rules, that align with the IMO goals standards, and they are expected to be adopted in winter 2013. All our vessels will be certified as being “in class” by the American Bureau of Shipping, or ABS, and Det Norske Veritas, or DNV, major classification societies. All new and secondhand vessels that we acquire must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

The operation of any drybulk vessel includes risks such as mechanical and structural failure, hull damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental incidents, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for ship owners and operators trading in the United States market.

We plan to maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover, and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations. However, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel’s useful life. In addition, while we

 

90


Table of Contents

believe that the insurance coverage that we plan to obtain will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull & Machinery and War Risks Insurance

We plan to maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which will include the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. We expect that each of our vessels will be covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles of $100,000—$150,000 per vessel per incident. We also plan to maintain increased value coverage for most of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our P&I coverage will be subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Association in which the vessel is entered. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or “clubs.” Our coverage is expected to be limited to approximately $6.5 billion, except for pollution which is limited $1 billion and passenger and crew which is limited to $3 billion.

We expect that our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution will be $1 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at $6.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on the group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We expect to be able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

Legal Proceedings

To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any lawsuit that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any

 

91


Table of Contents

significant impact on our financial statements. From time to time in the future we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Exchange Controls

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

Properties

Other than our vessels (including the contracts for the construction thereof), we do not own any material property.

Exchange Offer

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we plan to offer to exchange the unregistered common shares previously issued in the Equity Private Placements, other than common shares owned by SSH and other affiliates of ours, for common shares that have been registered under the Securities Act. The Exchange Offer will be made only by means of a prospectus and a related letter of transmittal.

 

92


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Senior Management

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers. Our board of directors is elected annually on a staggered basis, and each director elected holds office for a three year term or until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office. The initial term of office of each director is follows: our Class A directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders, our Class B directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2015 annual meeting, and our Class C directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2016 annual meeting. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is Scorpio Bulkers Inc., 9, Boulevard Charles III, MC 98000 Monaco. We expect that all of our directors (including our director nominees), other than Emanuele A. Lauro and Robert Bugbee will be independent.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Emanuele A. Lauro

     34       Chairman, Class A Director and Chief Executive Officer

Robert Bugbee

     53       Class B Director and President

Cameron Mackey

     45       Chief Operating Officer

Hugh Baker

     45       Chief Financial Officer

Roberto Giorgi(1)

     63       Class A Director

Einar Michael Steimler(1)

     65       Class B Director

Christian M. Gut(1)

     34       Class C Director

Sergio Gianfranchi

     69       Vice President, Vessel Operations

Luca Forgione

     37       Secretary and General Counsel

 

(1) Messrs. Giorgi, Steimler and Gut have each agreed to serve on our board of directors effective immediately after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below.

Emanuele A. Lauro, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Emanuele A. Lauro, our Co-Founder, has served as our Chairman and Class A director since April 9, 2013 and as our Chief Executive Officer since July 1, 2013. Mr. Lauro also serves and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in 2003 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position since 2004. Under Mr. Lauro’s leadership, Scorpio Group has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to become a leading operator and manager of over 100 vessels in 2013. Over the course of the last years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed all of the Scorpio Group Tanker Pools in addition to several other ventures such as Scorpio Logistics in 2007, which owns and operates specialized assets engaged in the transshipment of coal and invests in coastal transportation and port infrastructure developments and Scorship Navigation in 2005, which engages in the identification, placement, and management of certain international shipping investments on behalf of retail investors in Europe. Mr. Lauro has a degree in international business from the European Business School, London.

 

93


Table of Contents

Robert Bugbee, President and Director

Robert Bugbee, our Co-Founder, has served as our Class B director since April 9, 2013 and as our President since July 1, 2013. Mr. Bugbee has more than 25 years of experience in the shipping industry. Mr. Bugbee also serves and has served as President and Director of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in February 2009 and has continued to serve there in senior management. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, Mr. Bugbee was a partner at Ospraie Management LLP between 2007 and 2008, a company which advises and invests in commodities and basic industry. From 1995 to 2007, Mr. Bugbee was employed at OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company sold in 2007. While at OMI, Mr. Bugbee most recently served as President from January 2002 until the sale of the company, and he previously served as Executive Vice President since January 2001, Chief Operating Officer since March 2000 and Senior Vice President of OMI from August 1995 to June 1998. Mr. Bugbee joined OMI in February 1993. Prior to this, he was employed by Gotaas-Larsen Shipping Corporation since 1984. During this time he took a two year sabbatical from 1987 for the M.I.B. Programme at the Norwegian School for Economics and Business administration in Bergen. He has a Fellowship from the International Shipbrokers Association and a B.A. (Honors) from London University.

Cameron Mackey, Chief Operating Officer

Cameron Mackey has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 1, 2013. Mr. Mackey also serves and has served as Chief Operating Officer of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in March 2009, where he continues to serve in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, he was an equity and commodity analyst at Ospraie Management LLC from 2007-2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of OMI Marine Services LLC from 2004-2007 and in Business Development at OMI Corporation from 2002-2004. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1994 and, earlier in his career, was employed in unlicensed and licensed positions in the merchant navy, primarily on tankers in the international fleet of Mobil Oil Corporation, where he held the qualification of Master Mariner. He has an M.B.A. from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a B.S. from the Massachusetts Maritime Academy and a B.A. from Princeton University.

Hugh Baker, Chief Financial Officer

Hugh Baker has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 1, 2013. Mr. Baker also serves and has served as a Managing Director of Scorpio USA LLC since July 2012, focusing on business development and finance for Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) and the Scorpio Group. For three years prior to joining Scorpio, Mr. Baker was a Managing Director in the investment banking team at Evercore Partners in New York, concentrating on the shipping industry. Prior to Evercore, he was the Head of Shipping at HSH Nordbank in New York and was previously a Managing Director in the ship finance team at ING Bank in London. Prior to banking, Mr. Baker worked in commercial roles for Greek-owned shipping companies in London. Mr. Baker has a BA from the London School of Economics and a MSc in Shipping, Trade & Finance from Cass Business School. Mr. Baker is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.

Roberto Giorgi, Director

Roberto Giorgi has agreed to serve as our Class A director. Mr. Giorgi also serves and has served since 2005 as the President of V.Ships Ship Management, the world’s largest ship management company. From 1988 to 2008, Mr. Giorgi has held various roles within V.Ships, including Managing Director of V.Ships New York, head of V.Ships Leisure in the cruise sector,

 

94


Table of Contents

and head of V.Ship’s ship management operation from its Monaco office. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Giorgi also served as President of InterManager, the international trade association for third-party and in-house ship managers, whose members between them are responsible for approximately 3,700 ships and more than 200,000 crew members. Prior to joining the V.Ships Group, he attended the San Giorgio Nautical College in Genoa (1964 – 1969) and sailed from Deck Cadet to First Officer with Navigazione Alta Italia, Italian line and Sitmar Cruises. Before joining the merchant marine, he spent one year (1970/71) in the Naval Academy of Leghorn and sailed with the Italian Navy as Lieutenant. In addition, since June 2013 Mr. Giorgi has been a director of Skuld P&I Club.

Einar Michael Steimler, Director

Einar Michael Steimler has agreed to serve as our Class B director. Mr. Steimler also serves as a director of DHT Holdings Inc. (NYSE:DHT). Mr. Steimler has over 30 years experience in the shipping industry. From 2000 to 2011, Mr. Steimler served as chairman of Tanker (UK) Agencies, the commercial agent to Tankers International. He was instrumental in the formation of Tanker (UK) Agencies in 2000 and served as its Chief Executive Officer until the end of 2007. From 1998 to 2010, Mr. Steimler served as a Director of Euronav NV (EURN:EN Brussels). He has been involved in both sale and purchase and chartering brokerage in the tanker, gas and chemical sectors and was a founder of Stemoco, a Norwegian ship brokerage firm. He graduated from the Norwegian School of Business Management in 1973 with a degree in Economics.

Christian M. Gut, Director

Christian M. Gut has agreed to serve as our Class C director. Mr. Gut has 10 years of experience in the consulting industry in the Asia Pacific region. Mr. Gut started his professional career at ThyssenKrupp Technologies AG (as it then was) in Essen, Germany in 2002. He later joined Singapore based EABC Pte Ltd., or EABC, in 2003 where he was appointed as Director on May 18, 2006. Over two decades EABC advised many European multinational companies leaders in the transportation, infrastructure and defense industries including various subsidiaries of ThyssenKrupp AG and Finmeccanica. EABC’s services comprise market intelligence and strategy, sales promotion and support to project management in selected Asia Pacific countries, principally Australia. Furthermore, Mr. Gut is a co-founder and past manager of the Stellar Energy Fund, launched in Singapore in 2006, which invested in energy focused private companies to finance projects and expansion plans in Asia, Middle East and Europe in the following industries: oil trading and bunkering, gas E&P, solar, geothermal and power generating heat plants. Mr. Gut has a Bachelor’s degree in international business from the European Business School in London.

Sergio Gianfranchi, Vice President, Vessel Operations

Sergio Gianfranchi has served as our Vice President of Vessel Operations since September 19, 2013. Mr. Gianfranchi also serves and has served as Vice President, Vessel Operations of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He served as Operations Manager of our technical manager, SSM, at its headquarters in Monaco from 2002 to 2004. He has been instrumental in launching and operating the Scorpio Group Pools during the last five years, and was employed as the Fleet Manager of SCM, the Scorpio Group affiliate that manages the commercial operations of approximately 50 vessels grouped in the three Scorpio Group Pools, from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Gianfranchi is currently employed as the Pool Fleet Manager of SCM. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Gianfranchi served as the on-site owner’s representative of the Scorpio Group affiliates named Doria Shipping, Tristan Shipping, Milan Shipping and Roma Shipping, to survey the construction of their Panamax and Post-Panamax

 

95


Table of Contents

newbuilding tankers being built at the 3Maj Shipyard in Rijeka, Croatia. When Mr. Gianfranchi joined SSM in 1989, he began as vessel master of its OBOs (multipurpose vessels that carry ore, heavy drybulk and oil). Upon obtaining his Master Mariner License in 1972, he served until 1989 as a vessel master with prominent Italian shipping companies, including NAI, which is the largest private Italian shipping company and owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family, and Almare, initially a subsidiary of NAI but later controlled by Finmare, the Italian state shipping financial holding company. In this position he served mostly on OBOs, tankers and drybulk carriers. He graduated from La Spezia Nautical Institute in Italy in 1963.

Luca Forgione, Secretary and General Counsel

Luca Forgione has served as our Secretary and General Counsel since July 1, 2013. Mr. Forgione also serves and has served as Secretary and General Counsel of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in August 2009 where he continues to serve as General Counsel. He is licensed as a lawyer in his native Italy and as a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England & Wales. Mr. Forgione has ten years of shipping industry experience and has worked in the fields of shipping, offshore logistics, commodity trading and energy since the beginning of his in-house career, most recently with Constellation Energy Commodities Group Ltd. in London, part of Constellation Energy Group Inc. then listed on the NYSE under “CEG” and now part of Exelon (NYSE: EXC) from 2007 to 2009, and previously with Coeclerici S.p.a. in Milan from 2004 to 2007. He has experience with all aspects of the supply chain of drybulk and energy commodities (upstream and downstream), and has developed considerable understanding of the regulatory and compliance regimes surrounding the trading of physical and financial commodities as well as the owning, managing and chartering of vessels. Mr. Forgione was a Tutor in International Trade Law and Admiralty Law at University College London (U.K.) and more recently a Visiting Lecturer in International Trade Law at King’s College (U.K.). He has a Masters Degree in Maritime Law from the University of Southampton (U.K.) and a Law Degree from the University of Genoa (Italy).

Board of Directors and Committees

Immediately following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will establish an audit committee comprised of our three independent members of our board of directors who will be responsible for reviewing our accounting controls and recommending to the board of directors the engagement of our outside auditors. Our audit committee will also be responsible for reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflicts of interest and all related party transactions will be subject to the approval of the audit committee. We will also establish a compensation committee comprised of the members of the audit committee which will be responsible for recommending to the board of directors our senior executive officers’ compensation and benefits. We will also establish a nominating and corporate governance committee which will be responsible for recommending to the board of directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices. Shareholders may also nominate directors in accordance with procedures set forth in our bylaws. We expect that Mr. Einar Michael Steimler will qualify as an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined under Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.

Our board of directors may, in the future, establish such other committees as it determines from time to time.

Corporate Governance Practices

Pursuant to an exception under the NYSE listing standards available to foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with all of the corporate governance practices followed

 

96


Table of Contents

by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards, which are available at www.nyse.com . Pursuant to Section 303.A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we are required to list the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed U.S. companies. Set forth below is a list of those differences.

Independence of Directors.     The NYSE requires that a U.S. listed company maintain a majority of independent directors. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our amended and restated bylaws, we expect that three members of our board of directors will be independent according to the NYSE’s standards for independence.

Compensation Committee and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee .     The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee and a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our amended and restated bylaws, we intend to establish a compensation committee or nominating or corporate governance committee following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Executive Sessions.     The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that, if such executive sessions include any non-management directors who are not independent, all independent directors also meet in an executive session at least once a year. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our amended and restated bylaws, neither our non-management directors nor our independent directors regularly hold executive sessions without management and we do not expect them to do so in the future.

Audit Committee.     The NYSE requires, among other things, that a listed U.S. company have an audit committee with a minimum of three members. As permitted by Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, our audit committee consists of the three independent members of our board of directors. Pursuant to our audit committee charter, the audit committee confers with our independent registered public accounting firm and reviews, evaluates and advises the board of directors concerning the adequacy of our accounting systems, our financial reporting practices, the maintenance of our books and records and our internal controls. In addition, the audit committee reviews the scope of the audit of our financial statements and results thereof.

Corporate Governance Guidelines .     The NYSE requires U.S. companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Marshall Islands law and we have not adopted such guidelines.

Board of Directors and Executive Compensation

For the period from our inception to September 30, 2013, we did not pay any compensation to our directors and senior management. These amounts have been accruing since July 1, 2013 and the value of these services for the period from July 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013 that we will pay is approximately $0.6 million, which is reflected in our September 30, 2013 financial statements. Upon the completion of this offering we plan to enter into direct employment agreements with individuals who will provide executive management services to us. We expect that aggregate annual compensation to members of our senior management will be approximately $2.2 million, excluding management stock compensation. Following completion

 

97


Table of Contents

of this offering, each of our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation in the aggregate amount of $60,000 annually, plus either (i) an additional fee of $10,000 per year for each committee on which a director serves or (ii) an additional fee of $20,000 per year for each committee for which a director serves as Chairman. In addition, our lead independent director receives an additional fee of $20,000 per year. All actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director are reimbursed. For each board or committee meeting the non-employee director attends, the director receives $2,000. We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.

We believe that it is important to align the interests of our directors and management with that of our shareholders. Accordingly, after the completion of this offering and the planned Exchange Offer, we expect that our board of directors will consider issuing equity awards to provide incentives to our management in order to improve our business.

Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers and employees of us and our subsidiaries are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We have reserved a total of 4,862,021 common shares for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the Equity Incentive Plan. Following the completion of this offering, the Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee.

Under the expected terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

 

98


Table of Contents

As of November 6, 2013, we have granted an aggregate of 4,155,000 common shares under the Equity Incentive Plan.

Employees

Effective as of July 1, 2013, we had one employee (excluding our executive officers).

 

99


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Commercial and Technical Management Agreements

Upon delivery our vessels will be commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement that has an initial term of two years. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools (described below), and will manage the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool in which we expect our Initial Fleet will be employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Ultramax Pool and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we will compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a company affiliated with us. SSH also arranges acquisitions for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group. Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, we will reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above and a pro-rata portion of the salary incurred by the Administrator for an internal auditor. We will also pay SSH a fee for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings, equal to $250,000 per vessel, due upon delivery of the vessel, which is payable in our common shares. We have agreed to issue upon delivery of each vessel (i) 31,250 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the first 17 vessels in our Initial Fleet; (ii) 25,811 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next nine vessels in our Initial Fleet; (iii) 25,633 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next ten vessels in our Initial Fleet; (iv) 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each for the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Initial Fleet; and (v) 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Initial Fleet. For all future vessels the number of common shares issuable to SSH as payment is based on the market value of our common shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect.

 

100


Table of Contents

Share Issuances

During July 2013, we issued and sold 1,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation) to SSH for $10.0 million as part of a series of Norwegian private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. These common shares are subject to a contractual lock-up until July 2014.

 

101


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of common shares as of the date of this prospectus and upon completion of this offering held by beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common shares and by all of our directors and officers as a group. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in the table below, are entitled to one vote for each common share held.

 

     Common Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
    Common Shares to be
Beneficially

Owned After the
Offering
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percentage(1)     Number      Percentage(2)  

Scorpio Services Holding Limited(3)

     1,250,000         1.2     1,250,000                             

Galahad Securities Limited

     10,863,500         10.7     10,863,500                             

Avenue Capital Group LLC(4)

     10,328,000         10.2     10,328,000                             

BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC(4)

     8,538,000         8.4     8,538,000                             

York Capital Management Global Advisors, LLC(4)

     8,459,000         8.3     8,459,000                             

Monarch Alternative Capital LP(4)

     8,341,000         8.2     8,341,000                             

Directors and executive officers as a group(5)

     4,080,000         4.0     4,080,000      

 

(1) Calculated based on 101,395,411 common shares outstanding.
(2) Calculated based on                  common shares outstanding, gives effect to this offering and assumes the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.
(3) Excludes              common shares payable under the Administrative Services Agreement.
(4) Includes common shares held by funds managed thereby.
(5) Emanuele Lauro, our Director and Chief Executive Officer, Robert Bugbee, our Director and President and Cameron Mackey, our Chief Operating Officer our President and Director, will own 10%, 10% and 7% of Scorpio Services Holdings Limited, respectively.

 

102


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of material terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Because the following is a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part and may be obtained from us as set forth under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Purpose

Our purpose, as stated in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

Authorized capitalization

Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation our authorized capital stock consists of 450,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which shares will be issued and outstanding after the offering, and 50,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

Share history

On March 20, 2013, we issued 1,500 common shares to SSH in connection with our initial capitalization.

Between July 1, 2013 and July 16, 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation), par value $0.01 per share, for net proceeds of $242.8 million in the July 2013 Private Placement; on September 24, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.2 million in the September 2013 Private Placement; and on October 31, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 32,590,411 common shares for net proceeds of $291.0 million in the October 2013 Private Placement. These common shares were initially sold in offshore transactions to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act and in the United States to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in, and in reliance on Rule 144A of the Securities Act.

We have reserved 4,862,021 of our common shares for issuance under the terms and pursuant to the conditions of our Equity Incentive Plan. As of November 25, 2013, we have granted an aggregate of 4,155,000 common shares under the Equity Incentive Plan.

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we plan to offer to exchange all of the unregistered common shares we previously issued in the Equity Private Placements, other than common shares owned by SSH and other affiliates of ours, for common shares that have been registered under the Securities Act, which we refer to as the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be made only by means of a prospectus and a related letter of transmittal. See “Business—Exchange Offer.”

Common shares

Each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred shares, holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any,

 

103


Table of Contents

declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares, which we may issue in the future.

Preferred shares

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series;

 

   

the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

Directors

Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote. There is no provision for cumulative voting.

Our amended and restated bylaws require our board of directors to consist of at least one member. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of              members. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the vote of a majority of our entire board of directors.

Directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, and each shall serve for a three year term and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal, or the earlier termination of his term of office. Our board of directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of the board of directors for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.

Shareholder meetings

Under our amended and restated bylaws, annual meetings of shareholders will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called at any time by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, an officer of the Company who is also a director or a majority of the shares then outstanding and eligible to vote. Our board of directors may set a record date between 15 and 60 days before the date of any meeting to determine the shareholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting. One or more shareholders representing at least one-third of the total voting rights of our total issued and outstanding shares present in person or by proxy at a shareholder meeting shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of the meeting.

 

104


Table of Contents

Dissenters’ rights of appraisal and payment

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the common shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which our shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange.

Shareholders’ derivative actions

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorney’s fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and this insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Anti-takeover effect of certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the

 

105


Table of Contents

ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Blank check preferred stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. Our board of directors may issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of our management and might harm the market price of our common shares. We have no current plans to issue any preferred shares.

Election and removal of directors

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation also provide that our directors may be removed for cause upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Limited actions by shareholders

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that, unless otherwise prescribed by law, only a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors or an officer of the Company who is also a director may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder will be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal unless scheduled by our board of directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.

Advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and director nominations

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days nor more than 180 days prior to the one year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

 

106


Table of Contents

Classified board of directors

As described above, our amended and restated articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms beginning on the expiration of the initial term for each class. Accordingly, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our board of directors from removing a majority of our board of directors for two years.

Business combinations

Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands and “interested shareholders,” we have included these provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation. Specifically, our amended and restated articles of incorporation prohibit us from engaging in a “business combination” with certain persons for three years following the date the person becomes an interested shareholder. Interested shareholders generally include:

 

   

any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares; or

 

   

any person who is our affiliate or associate and who held 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares at any time within three years before the date on which the person’s status as an interested shareholder is determined, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

Subject to certain exceptions, a business combination includes, among other things:

 

   

certain mergers or consolidations of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours;

 

   

any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of our assets or of any subsidiary of ours having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets, determined on a combined basis, or the aggregate value of all of our outstanding shares;

 

   

certain transactions that result in the issuance or transfer by us of any shares of ours to the interested shareholder;

 

   

any transaction involving us or any of our subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of stock, or securities convertible into any class or series of stock, of ours or any such subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder; and

 

   

any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.

These provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation do not apply to a business combination if:

 

   

before a person became an interested shareholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the shareholder became an interested shareholder;

 

107


Table of Contents
   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than certain excluded shares;

 

   

at or following the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting shares that is not owned by the interest shareholder;

 

   

the shareholder was or became an interested shareholder prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

a shareholder became an interested shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceased to be an interested shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between us and such shareholder, have been an interested shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

   

the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required under our amended and restated articles of incorporation which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested shareholder during the previous three years or who became an interested shareholder with the approval of the board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the board of directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

 

   

a merger or consolidation of us (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of our shareholders is required);

 

   

a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of us or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to us) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

 

   

a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting shares.

Registration Rights

We have agreed to register for resale upon the request of the holder up to              of our common shares purchased in one of the Equity Private Placements within 30 days of the earlier of the consummation of this offering or the commencement of the Exchange Offer.

Transfer agent

The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares will be Computershare Inc.

 

108


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

             common shares, or     %, of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly, even if our business is doing              well. In addition, we have agreed to register for resale upon the request of the holder up to of our common shares purchased in one of the Equity Private Placements within 30 days of the earlier of the consummation of this offering and the commencement of the Exchange Offer.

After this offering, we will have outstanding              common shares. This includes the              shares we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining     %, or              shares, of our total outstanding shares will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below.

As restrictions on resale end, the market price could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

 

Number of shares /

% of total

outstanding

  

Date of availability for resale into public market

    /     %         days after the date of this prospectus due to an agreement these shareholders have with the underwriters. However, the underwriters can waive this restriction and allow these shareholders to sell their shares at any time subject to the limitations imposed by the U.S. securities laws applicable to our affiliates.
    /     %    Following the completion of the Exchange Offer, which will be completed shortly after this offering, up to an additional              common shares that were sold in the Equity Private Placements may be available for trading in the U.S. markets.

 

109


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States, including Delaware. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands, and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as Delaware or other courts in the United States. Accordingly, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests under Marshall Islands law in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction that has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

Shareholder Meetings
Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.    May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.    Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
May be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands.    May be held in or outside of Delaware.
Notice:    Notice:

•     Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.

  

•     Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

•     A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

  

•     Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

Shareholders’ Voting Rights
Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if    Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a

 

110


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.    meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.    Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the common shares entitled to vote at a meeting.    For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.    When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.    The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.    The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
Removal:    Removal:

•     Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.

 

•     If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.

  

•     Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote except: (1) unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (2) if the corporation has cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there be

 

111


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

  

classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.

Directors
Number of board members can be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a by-law.    Number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
If the board of directors is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board of directors and so long as no decrease in the number shortens the term of any incumbent director.   
Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal
Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed shares are the offered consideration or if such shares are held of record by more than 2,000 holders.    Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed shares are the offered consideration or if such shares are held of record by more than 2,000 holders.
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:   

•     Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or

  

•     Creates, alters or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares.

  

•     Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

  

 

112


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

•     Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.

  
Shareholders’ Derivative Actions
An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time the action is brought and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.    In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.
A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board of directors or the reasons for not making such effort.   
Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.   
Attorneys’ fees may be awarded if the action is successful.   
A corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the common shares have a value of less than $50,000.   

 

113


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands and U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to us and our shareholders and the ownership of our common shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences relevant to all categories of investors, some of which, such as financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, persons holding our common shares as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons who are investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities or currencies, U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common shares, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who acquire our common shares in this offering and hold the common shares as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. law of the ownership of our common shares.

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, the following are the material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and of our common shares to our shareholders. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholders.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, our U.S. counsel, the following are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of our activities to us, and of the ownership of common shares to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as defined below. The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax matters is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business as described in this prospectus and assumes that we conduct our business as described herein. References in the following discussion to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” are to Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Operating Income: In General

We anticipate that we will earn substantially all our income from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a spot or time charter basis, from participation in a pool or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, all of which we refer to as “shipping income.”

Unless we qualify from an exemption from U.S. federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883, as discussed below, a foreign corporation will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation on its “shipping income” that is treated as derived from sources within the United States, to which we refer as “U.S. source shipping income.” For U.S. federal income

 

114


Table of Contents

tax purposes, “U.S. source shipping income” includes 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources entirely outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between U.S. ports is considered to be 100% derived from U.S. sources. However, we are not permitted by U.S. law to engage in the transportation that produces 100% U.S. source shipping income.

In the absence of exemption from tax under Section 883, we anticipate that our gross U.S. source shipping income would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax imposed without allowance for deductions, as described below.

Exemption of Operating Income from U.S. Federal Income Taxation

Under Section 883 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, a foreign corporation will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation of its U.S. source shipping income if:

(1) it is organized in a “qualified foreign country” which is one that grants an “equivalent exemption” from tax to corporations organized in the U.S. in respect of each category of shipping income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883; and

(2) one of the following tests is met: (A) more than 50% of the value of its shares is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders,” which as defined includes individuals who are “residents” of a qualified foreign country, to which we refer as the “50% Ownership Test”; or (B) its shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in a qualified foreign country or in the United States, to which we refer as the “Publicly-Traded Test.”

The Republic of The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where we are incorporated, has been officially recognized by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, as a qualified foreign country that grants the requisite “equivalent exemption” from tax in respect of each category of shipping income we earn and currently expect to earn in the future. Therefore, we will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation with respect to our U.S. source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.

After this offering, we anticipate that we will satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test but, as discussed below, this is a factual determination made on an annual basis. Given the widely held nature of our common shares, we do not currently anticipate circumstances under which we would be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test.

Publicly-Traded Test

The Treasury Regulations under Section 883 provide, in pertinent part, that shares of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other

 

115


Table of Contents

single country. After this offering, our common shares, which constitute its sole class of issued and outstanding stock, are expected to be “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE.

Under the Treasury Regulations, our common shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding stock, by both total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, are listed on such market, to which we refer as the “listing threshold.” After this offering, we expect that our common shares will satisfy the listing threshold.

The Treasury Regulations also require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (1) such class of stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year, which we refer to as the “trading frequency test”; and (2) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year must be at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year, which we refer to as the “trading volume” test. We anticipate that we will satisfy the trading frequency and trading volume tests. Even if this were not the case, the Treasury Regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if, as is expected to be the case with our common shares, such class of stock is traded on an established securities market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding stock, to which we refer as the “5% Override Rule.”

For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common shares, or “5% Shareholders,” the Treasury Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as owning 5% or more of our common shares. The Treasury Regulations further provide that an investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

In the event the 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury Regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, qualified shareholders (as defined for purposes of Section 883) own sufficient number of shares to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.

We anticipate that after the offering, we will be able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and will not be subject to the 5% Override Rule. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of the Section 883 exemption. For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for Section 883 exemption for a particular taxable year if “non-qualified” 5% Shareholders were to own 50% or more of our outstanding common shares on more than half the days of the taxable year. Under these circumstances, we would be

 

116


Table of Contents

subject to the 5% Override Rule and we would not qualify for the Section 883 exemption unless we could establish that our shareholding during the taxable year was such that non-qualified 5% Shareholders did not own 50% or more of our common shares on more than half the days of the taxable year. Under the Treasury Regulations, we would have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our shareholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. Given the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances as to our qualification for the Section 883 exemption.

Taxation in Absence of Section 883 Exemption

If the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our U.S. source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, or the “4% gross basis tax regime,” to the extent that such income is not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below. Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being U.S. source shipping income, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.

To the extent our U.S. source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S. source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal income tax, currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we would generally be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

Our U.S. source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:

 

  (1) we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the U.S. involved in the earning of U.S. source shipping income; and

 

  (2) substantially all of our U.S. source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, it is anticipated that none of our U.S. source shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

U.S. Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the U.S. for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

 

117


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a holder that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of common shares and is an individual U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

If a partnership holds the common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding the common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common shares and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as foreign source dividend income and will generally constitute “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Until the common shares are publicly traded on the NYSE, any dividends paid by us will be treated as ordinary income to a U.S. Holder, and may continue to be so treated thereafter. Dividends paid on our common shares to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such U.S. Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. (such as the NYSE); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (as discussed in detail below); (3) the non-corporate U.S. Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) certain other conditions are met.

There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of such non-corporate U.S. Holders. Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate U.S. Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”—generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in a common share—paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

 

118


Table of Contents

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds shares in a foreign corporation classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder holds our common shares, either

 

  (1) at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), which we refer to as the income test; or

 

  (2) at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income, which we refer to as the asset test.

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, cash will be treated as an asset which is held for the production of passive income. In addition, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

The PFIC rules contain an exception pursuant to which a foreign corporation will not be treated as a PFIC during its “start-up year.” Under this exception, a foreign corporation will not be treated as a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those taxable years. We may be able to rely upon the start-up exception to avoid being treated as a PFIC for our initial taxable year. However, as discussed below, we may be treated as a PFIC during either our 2014 taxable year or our 2015 taxable year. In addition, there is limited guidance regarding the application of the start-up exception. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy the exception.

Because we have no current business, there is a significant risk that we will be treated as a PFIC for our initial taxable year, our 2014 taxable year and our 2015 taxable year. Whether we are treated as a PFIC will depend, in part, upon whether the deposits that we make on newbuilding contracts are treated as being held for the production of “passive income” and on the amount of “passive income” that we derive for such years. In making the determination as to whether we are a PFIC, we intend to treat the deposits that we make on our newbuilding

 

119


Table of Contents

contracts as assets which are not held for the production of passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We note that there is no direct authority on this point and it is possible that the IRS may disagree with our position.

After our acquisition of vessels, our status as a PFIC will depend upon the operations of those vessels. In making the determination as to whether we are a PFIC, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the spot chartering and time chartering activities of us or any of our subsidiaries as services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We believe that there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. In the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, as discussed below. A U.S. holder of shares in a PFIC will be required to file an annual information return containing information regarding the PFIC. We intend to promptly notify our shareholders if we determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election, which U.S. Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each of our taxable years during which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings will be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Net capital gain inclusions of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for preferential capital gains tax rates. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect any income included under the QEF election. Distributions of previously taxed income will not be subject to tax upon distribution but will decrease the Electing Holder’s tax basis in the common shares. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incur with respect to any taxable year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. A U.S. Holder would make a timely QEF election for our common shares by filing IRS Form 8621 with his U.S. federal income tax return for the first year in which he held such shares when we were a PFIC. If we determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we would provide each U.S. Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF election described above. If, we take the position that we are not a PFIC for any taxable year and it is later determined that we were a PFIC for such taxable year, it may be possible for a U.S. Holder to make a retroactive QEF election effective in such year. If we were to be treated as a

 

120


Table of Contents

PFIC for our initial taxable year, our 2014 taxable year and our 2015 taxable year, we anticipate that, based on our current projections, we would not have a significant amount of taxable income or gain that would be required to be taken into account by U.S. Holders making a QEF election effective for such taxable years.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate will be the case after this offering, our shares are treated as “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount recognized. Any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Under these special rules:

 

  (1) the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common shares;

 

  (2) the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and

 

  (3) the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of “Non-U.S. Holders”

As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder.

 

121


Table of Contents

If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

Dividends on Common Shares

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In general, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:

 

  (1) the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States; in general, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States; or

 

  (2) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.

Income or Gains Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business

If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares and gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (and, if required by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional U.S. federal branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, and the payment of gross proceeds on a sale or other disposition of our common shares, made within the United States to a non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to information reporting. Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

  (1) fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

  (2) is notified by the IRS that it has have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

  (3) in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

122


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding with respect to dividends payments or other taxable distribution on our common shares by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies that it is a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or it otherwise establish an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the U.S., then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a refund may generally be obtained of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the taxpayer’s U.S. federal income tax liability by filing a timely refund claim with the IRS.

Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common shares, unless the common shares are held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations in respect of our common shares.

 

123


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, through their representative Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. have severally agreed to purchase from us the following respective number of common shares at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  
  

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  
  

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the common shares offered hereby are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the common shares offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any of these shares are purchased.

We have been advised by the representative of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the common shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per share under the public offering price. The underwriters may allow, and these dealers may re-allow, a concession of not more than $         per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the representative of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional common shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the common shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional common shares as the number of common shares to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of common shares offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional common shares to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional common shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per common share less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per common share. The underwriting discounts and commissions are     % of the initial public offering price. We have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:

 

            Total Fees  
     Fee per
share
     Without
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option
     With Full
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option
 

Discounts and commissions paid by us

   $                    $                    $                

 

124


Table of Contents

In addition, we estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.

Each of our officers and directors, and certain of our shareholders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of any common shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common shares or derivatives of our common shares owned by these persons prior to this offering or common shares issuable upon exercise of options or warrants held by these persons for a period of              days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. This consent may be given at any time without public notice except in limited circumstances. We have entered into a similar agreement with the representative of the underwriters. There are no agreements between the representative and any of our shareholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the         -day period.

The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions.

Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are any sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative of the underwriters has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our common shares. Additionally, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise

 

125


Table of Contents

affect the market price of our common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

Notice to Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any common shares which are the subject of this offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State other than the offers contemplated in the prospectus once the prospectus has been approved by the competent authority in such Member State and published and passported in accordance with the Prospectus Directive as implemented in the Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

   

by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Issuer or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any common shares, as the same may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the closing date of this offering, will not offer or

 

126


Table of Contents

sell any common shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom, any document received by it in connection with the issue of the shares of our common stock to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters or their affiliates have provided investment banking services to us and our affiliates in the past and may do so in the future. They receive customary fees and commissions for these services.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. purchased 3,200,000 common shares in the September 2013 Private Placement and 931,000 common shares in the October 2013 private placement, which as of the date of this prospectus together constitute approximately 4.8% of the Company’s currently outstanding common shares.

 

127


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a corporation. The Marshall Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent.

Most of our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries are residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets and a substantial portion of the assets of our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us, our directors or officers, or our subsidiaries or to realize against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc., Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as our registered agent, can accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.

In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Marshall Islands would (1) recognize or enforce against us or our directors or officers judgments of courts of the United States based on civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; or (2) impose liabilities against us or our directors and officers in original actions brought in the Marshall Islands, based on these laws.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The discussions contained under the heading “Industry and Market Conditions” have been reviewed by SSY Consultancy & Research Ltd., or SSY, which has confirmed to us that SSY believes they accurately describe the international drybulk shipping market as of the date of this prospectus.

The statistical and graphical information we use in this prospectus has been compiled by SSY from its database and other industry sources. SSY compiles and publishes data for the benefit of its clients. In connection therewith, SSY has advised that (i) certain information in SSY’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments, (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in SSY’s database and (iii) while SSY has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares and certain other matters relating to United States federal income and Marshall Islands tax considerations and to Marshall Islands corporations law will be passed upon for us by Seward & Kissel LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this offering by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, New York, New York.

 

128


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. as of September 30, 2013 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013, included in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit is a member of the French professional CPA organization.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our common shares offered by this prospectus. For the purposes of this section, the term “registration statement” means the original registration statement and any and all amendments, including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement on Form F-1 we filed. Although we believe that we have accurately summarized the material terms of documents filed as exhibits to the registration statement, you should read those exhibits for a complete statement of their provisions. The registration statement on Form F-1, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

Information provided by the Company

We will furnish holders of our common shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm and intend to make available quarterly reports containing selected unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and those reports will include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods. As a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from the rules under the Securities Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. While we furnish proxy statements to shareholders in accordance with the rules of any stock exchange on which our common shares may be listed in the future, those proxy statements will not conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” our officers and directors are exempt from the rules under the Securities Exchange Act relating to short swing profit reporting and liability.

 

129


Table of Contents

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the expenses in connection with the distribution of our common shares in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as set forth in the table below. We will be responsible for paying the following expenses associated with this offering.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 12,880   

Printing and Engraving Expenses

   $  

Legal Fees and Expenses

   $  

Accountants’ Fees and Expenses

   $  

NYSE Listing Fee

   $  

FINRA Fee

   $  

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

   $  

Transfer Agent’s Fees and Expenses

   $  

Miscellaneous Costs

   $  

Total

   $  

 

* To be provided by amendment.

 

130


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September  30, 2013

     F-4   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the period from March  20, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September  30, 2013

     F-6   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Scorpio Bulkers Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of operations, and consolidated statement of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Scorpio Bulkers, Inc. and its subsidiaries (a development stage company) at September 30, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

November 7, 2013 except for Note 4, Note 5 and Note 10, as to which the date is November 25, 2013

Monaco, Principality of Monaco

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

     September 30,
2013
 

Assets

  

Current assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 173,043,347   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     4,189   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     173,047,236   
  

 

 

 

Non-current assets

  

Vessels under construction

     88,562,638   
  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     88,562,638   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 261,609,874   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  

Current liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 19,242,262   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     19,242,262   
  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

       
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     19,242,262   
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; authorized 450,000,000 shares; 67,425,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2013

     674,250   

Paid-in capital

     532,306,843   

Due from Shareholders

     (287,875,667

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (2,737,804
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     242,367,612   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 261,609,874   
  

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financials.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

     March 20, 2013
(date of
inception)

to September 30,
2013
 

Revenue

  

Vessel revenue

   $   
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

  

Voyage expenses

       

Vessel operating expenses

       

Depreciation and amortization

       

General and administrative expenses

     676,274   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     676,274   
  

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (676,274
  

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

  

Interest income

     18,854   

Foreign exchange loss

     (2,080,384
  

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (2,061,530
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,737,804
  

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Number of
shares
outstanding
    Common
stock
    Paid-in
capital
    Due from
Shareholders
    Deficit
accumulated
during the
development
stage
    Total  

Balance as of March 20, 2013 (date of inception)

         $      $      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

            (2,737,804     (2,737,804

Net proceeds from offerings

    64,650,000        646,500        532,334,593        (287,875,677       245,105,416   

Issuance of restricted shares

    2,775,000        27,750        (27,750           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

    67,425,000      $ 674,250      $ 532,306,843      $ (287,875,677   $ (2,737,804   $ 242,367,612   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financials.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Period from
March 20, 2013
(date of inception)
to September 30,
2013
 

Operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (2,737,804

Loss on foreign currency transactions

     2,080,396   

Increase in prepaid expenses and other current issues

     (4,189

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

     634,757   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (26,840
  

 

 

 

Investing activities

  

Payments for vessels under construction

     (70,052,638
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (70,052,638
  

 

 

 

Financing activities

  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     243,122,525   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     243,122,525   
  

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     173,043,047   

Cash at cash equivalents, beginning of period

       
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 173,043,047   
  

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013

1.    General information and significant accounting policies

Company

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries (together “we”, “us” or the “Company”) is a company formed for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt in the international shipping markets. Scorpio Bulkers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013.

As at the report date, post September 30, 2013, the Company has ordered 36 newbuilding drybulk carriers, which it intends to operate. The planned principal operations of the Company have not yet commenced and no revenue has been produced. The Company is considered a development stage company under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Basis of accounting

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Significant Accounting Policies

Additional information—Development stage company

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the disclosure of certain information applicable to development stage companies:

 

   

The balance sheet includes cumulative net losses under the caption “Deficit accumulated during the development stage” in shareholders’ equity;

 

   

The statement of operations shows amounts of revenue and expenses for each period and, in addition, cumulative amounts from the company’s inception;

 

   

The statement of changes in shareholders’ equity shows the changes in components of shareholders’ equity for each period and, in addition, cumulative amounts from the Company’s inception; and

 

   

The statement of cash flows shows the sources and uses of financial resources for each period for which an income statement is presented and, in addition, cumulative amounts from the company’s inception.

The Company was incorporated in March 2013 hence there is only one period reported in these financial statements.

Accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

In addition to the estimates noted above, significant estimates include vessel valuations, the valuation of amounts due from charterers, residual value of vessels, useful life of vessels and the fair value of derivative instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Foreign currencies

The individual financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate (its functional currency), which in all cases is U.S. dollars. For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, our results and financial position are also expressed in U.S. dollars.

In preparing the financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Any change in exchange rate between the date of recognition and the date of settlement may result in a gain or loss which is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into the functional currency at rates ruling at that date. All resultant exchange differences have been recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

Vessels under construction

Vessels under construction are measured at cost and include costs incurred that are directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. These costs include installment payments made to the shipyards, directly attributable financing costs, professional fees and other costs deemed directly attributable to the construction of the asset.

The following are accounting policies that the Company will adopt going forward.

Once the planned operations of the Company commence, the following accounting policies will be relevant.

Revenue recognition

Vessel revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, and other sales-related or value added taxes.

Vessel revenue is comprised of either time charter revenue, voyage revenue and/or pool revenue.

 

  (1) Time charter revenue is recognized ratably as services are performed based on the daily rates specified in the time charter contract.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

  (2) Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage for a specified charter rate. Revenue from voyage charter agreements is recognized on a pro rata basis based on the relative transit time in each period. The period over which voyage revenues are recognized commences at the time the vessel departs from its last discharge port and ends at the time the discharge of cargo at the next discharge port is completed. We do not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. We do not recognize revenue when a vessel is off hire. Estimated losses on voyages are provided for in full at the time such losses become evident. In the application of this policy, we do not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, (ii) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

  (3) Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit sharing terms specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the pool manager aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings to participants based on:

 

   

the pool points (vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics are taken into consideration); and

 

   

the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period.

We recognize pool revenue on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in a pool during the period and the amount of pool revenue for the month can be estimated reliably. We receive estimated vessel earnings based on the known number of days the vessel has participated in the pool, the contract terms, and the estimated monthly pool revenue. On a quarterly basis, we receive a report from the pool which identifies the number of days the vessel participated in the pool, the total pool points for the period, the total pool revenue for the period, and the calculated share of pool revenue for the vessel. We review the quarterly report for consistency with each vessel’s pool agreement and vessel management records. The estimated pool revenue is reconciled quarterly, coinciding with our external reporting periods, to the actual pool revenue earned, per the pool report. Consequently, in our financial statements, reported revenues represent actual pooled revenues. While differences do arise in the performance of these quarterly reconciliations, such differences are not material to total reported revenues.

Voyage expenses

Voyage expenses, which primarily include bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid by us under voyage charters are expensed ratably over the estimated length of each voyage, which can be allocated between reporting periods based on the timing of the voyage. The impact of recognizing voyage expenses ratably over the length of each voyage is not materially different on a quarterly and annual basis from a method of recognizing such costs as incurred. Consistent with our revenue recognition for voyage charters, voyage expenses are calculated on a discharge-to-discharge basis.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

Vessel operating costs

Vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees, are expensed as incurred. Expenses for repairs and maintenance tend to fluctuate from period to period because most repairs and maintenance typically occur during periodic drydocking. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

Additionally, these costs include technical management fees that we pay to Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM. Pursuant to an agreement, or the Master Agreement, SSM provides us with technical services, and we provide them with the ability to subcontract technical management of our vessels with our approval.

General and administrative costs

We plan to enter into an Administrative Services Agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, a party related to us, for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. Under the terms of this agreement, we reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group.

Charterhire expense

Charterhire expense is the amount we pay the owner for time chartered-in vessels. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at charter rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, profit sharing , or current market rates. The vessel’s owner is responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs. Charterhire expense is recognized ratably over the charterhire period.

Operating leases

Costs in respect of operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of operations on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Income tax

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and in accordance with the income tax laws of the Marshall Islands, are not subject to Marshall Islands’ income tax. We are also exempt from income tax in other jurisdictions including the United States of America due to tax treaties; therefore, we will not have any tax charges, benefits, or balances.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to equity holders of the common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the net income attributable

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share.

Vessels, net

Vessels, net is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Included in vessel costs are acquisition costs directly attributable to the acquisition of a vessel and expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage. The Company also capitalizes interest costs for a vessel under construction as a cost which is directly attributable to the acquisition cost of a vessel. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, determined to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Vessels under construction are not depreciated until such time as they are ready for use. Depreciation is based on cost less the estimated residual value which is the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four year average scrap market rates at the balance sheet date with changes accounted for in the period of change and in future periods.

Deferred drydocking costs

The vessels are required to undergo planned drydocks for replacement of certain components, major repairs and maintenance of other components, which cannot be carried out while the vessels are operating, approximately every 30 months or 60 months depending on the nature of work and external requirements. These drydock costs are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. When the drydock expenditure is incurred prior to the expiry of the period, the remaining balance is expensed.

We only include in deferred drydocking those direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, or are expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s efficiency. Direct costs include shipyard costs as well as the costs of placing the vessel in the shipyard; cost of travel, lodging and subsistence of personnel sent to the drydocking site to supervise; and the cost of hiring a third party to oversee the drydocking. Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs, whether incurred as part of the drydocking or not, are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We follow Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 360-10, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360-10”), which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than their carrying amounts. If indicators of impairment are present, the Company performs an analysis of the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows of the related long-lived assets. If the carrying value of the related asset exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the carrying value is reduced to its fair value. Various factors including anticipated future charter rates, estimated scrap values, future drydocking costs and estimated vessel operating costs are included in this analysis.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

Inventories

Inventories consist of lubricating oils and other items including stock provisions, and are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first in first out method. Stores and spares are charged to vessel operating costs when purchased.

Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs, included in other assets, consist of fees, commissions and legal expenses associated with obtaining loan facilities and amending existing loan facilities. These costs are amortized over the life of the related debt and are included in interest expense.

Fair value of financial instruments

The estimated fair values of our financial instruments such as amounts due to / due from charterers, accounts payable and long-term debt, approximate their individual carrying amounts due to their short-term maturity or the variable-rate nature of the respective borrowings under the credit facilities.

The fair value of the interest rate swaps is the estimated amount we would receive or have to pay in order to terminate these agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the creditworthiness of the counterparty for assets and our creditworthiness for liabilities.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognized as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognized as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedging relationship. We designate certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges) as described further below.

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months, and it is not expected to be realized or settled within 12 months.

Hedge accounting for cash flow hedges

Our policy is to designate certain hedging instruments, which can include derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of foreign currency risk, as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. At the inception of the hedge relationship, we document the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we document whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized in the balance sheet at fair value at the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently measured at their fair value as other assets or other liabilities, respectively. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments, which are designated as cash flow hedges and deemed to be effective, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income. Changes in fair value of a portion of a hedge deemed to be ineffective are recognized in net profit or loss. Hedge effectiveness is measured quarterly.

Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognized in profit or loss, in the same line of the statement of profit or loss as the recognized hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when we revoke the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income at that time is accumulated in the hedge reserve and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in the hedge reserve is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when we have a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that we will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

Restricted stock

We follow ASC Subtopic 718-10, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718-10”), for restricted stock issued under our equity incentive plans. Stock-based compensation costs from restricted stock are classified as a component of additional paid-in capital. The restricted stock awards granted to our employees and directors contain only service conditions and are classified as equity settled. Accordingly, the fair value of our restricted stock awards is calculated by multiplying the share price on the grant date and the number of restricted stock shares granted that are expected to vest. We believe that the share price at the grant date serves as a proxy for the fair value of services to be provided by the employees and directors under the plan.

Compensation expense related to the awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period, based on our estimate of the number of awards that will eventually vest. The vesting period is the period during which an employee or director is required to provide service in exchange for an award and is updated at each balance sheet date to reflect any revisions in estimates of the number of awards expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

2.    Cash Flow Information

For the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013, the Company had non-cash investing activities not included in the consolidated statement of cash flows of $18,510,000 relating to amounts due for vessels under construction.

3.    Cash and cash equivalents

Included in cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2013 is a $170,000,000 short-term deposit with an original maturity of less than three months.

4.    Vessels under construction

Vessels under construction is $88,562,638 as of September 30, 2013. Substantially all of this amount relates to initial installments on 15 of our newbuilding contracts, which includes an unpaid amount of $18,510,000 relating to two newbuilding contracts included on our consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

As of November 25, 2013, we have contracts to acquire 43 newbuilding drybulk carriers, including 26 Ultramax vessels with carrying capacities between 60,000 and 64,000 dwt and 14 Kamsarmax vessels with carrying capacities between 82,000 and 84,000 dwt and three Capesize vessels with carrying capacities of 180,000 dwt. The aggregate purchase price of these 43 newbuildings will be approximately $1,307.8 million of which we have paid $157.0 million through November 25, 2013. These drybulk carriers will be constructed in the following shipyards:

 

   

Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co., Ltd. (China)- six Ultramax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur between the first quarter of 2015 and the second quarter of 2016.

 

   

Dalian Cosclo KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd. (China)- four Ultramax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur between the second quarter of 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2015.

 

   

Chengxi Shipyard Co., Ltd. (China)- ten Ultramax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016.

 

   

Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (Japan)- two Ultramax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur during the second quarter of 2016.

 

   

Imabari Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (Japan)- four Ultramax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur between the fourth quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016 and two Kamsarmax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur between the first quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2015.

 

   

Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc. (China)- two Kamsarmax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur between the third quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016.

 

   

Hudong-Zhonghua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Inc. (China)- six Kamsarmax vessels with delivery dates scheduled to occur between the third quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

   

Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (China)- four Kamsarmax vessels with delivery dates between the third quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016.

 

   

Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A. (Romania)- three Capesize vessels with delivery dates between the fourth quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016.

 

5.    Contractual Obligations

The Company’s estimated commitments through the expected delivery dates of the 43 vessels under construction aggregate approximately $1,150.8 million (See Note 4) which will be payable as follows (in millions of dollars):

 

     2013 (1)      2014      2015      2016  

Vessels under Construction

   $ 106.6       $ 64.5       $ 601.0       $ 378.7   

 

(1) Relates to the period from November 25, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

6.    Common shares

Between July 1, 2013 and July 16, 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation), par value $0.01 per share, for net proceeds of $242.8 million and on September 24, 2013 we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.2 million, as denominated in Norwegian kroner (NOK) as of that date, in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. As of September 24, 2013, we recorded a receivable from shareholders of $290.0 million, denominated in NOK, which was not paid until October 2013. As of September 30, 2013, the value of this receivable from shareholders, which we recorded as a reduction of shareholders’ equity, declined to $287.9 million due to foreign currency fluctuations. We recorded this $2.1 million decline in fair value as other expense on our consolidated statement of operations.

As of September 30, 2013, we have:

 

   

67,425,000 shares of common stock outstanding, the $0.01 par value of which is recorded as common stock of $674,250.

 

   

Paid-in capital of $532.3 million which represents the excess of net proceeds from common stock issuances over the par value.

 

   

Receivable from shareholders of $287.9 million, which is described above.

7.    Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers and employees of us and our subsidiaries are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We reserved a total of 4,862,021 common shares for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the Equity Incentive Plan. Following the completion of this offering, the Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

Under the expected terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

On September 30, 2013, we granted an aggregate of 2,775,000 restricted shares to officers and employees. Of this total, 1,395,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on July 27, 2015, July 27, 2016 and July 27, 2017. The remaining 1,380,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on September 30, 2015, September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2017. The aggregate fair value of these awards is $26,917,500, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant. Stock-based compensation expense for these grants will be $2,541,608, $10,083,553, $8,456,334, $4,330,192 and $1,505,813 for the period from October 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

8.    General and administrative expenses

Of our $676,274 of general and administrative expenses for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to September 30, 2013, $563,319 consists of our senior management’s salaries which began to accrue on July 1, 2013. This amount is unpaid as of September 30, 2013, and is included in our consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

9.    Related party transactions

Our vessels are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (“SCM”) and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement, which has an initial term of two years. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. In addition, our Co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which owns and controls SCM, our commercial manager, and SSM, our technical manager. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools (spot market-oriented vessel pools, which include the Scorpio LR2 Pool, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio MR Pool and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool) and will manage the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool in which we expect our Initial Fleet will be employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Ultramax Pool and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel.

10.    Subsequent events

During October 2013, we received $288.8 million of proceeds from the sale of 33,400,000 common shares that had been consummated on September 24, 2013, and in November 2013 we received $291.0 million of proceeds from the sale of 32,590,441 common shares that had been consummated in October 2013 in two separate Norwegian private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

Between October 1, 2013 and October 29, 2013, we paid an aggregate of $86.9 million (including $18.5 million that had been accrued for as of September 30, 2013) relating to initial deposits on newbuilding contracts for ten drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities ranging from 61,000 and 82,000 dwt, leaving us with a cash balance of $665.4 million as of November 25, 2013. The aggregate purchase price of our 36 vessels to be constructed is approximately $1,030 million.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a development stage company)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013—(Continued)

 

On November 6, 2013, we granted 1,380,000 restricted shares to officers of the Company. These restricted shares vest in three equal installments on November 6, 2015, November 6, 2016 and November 6, 2017. The fair value of these awards was $13,289,400.

Through November 16, 2013, we entered into agreements for the construction of four Kamsarmax drybulk vessels with carrying capacities of approximately 82,000 dwt and three Capesize vessels with carrying capacities of approximately 180,000 dwt for an aggregate purchase price of $278.0 million. These newbuilding vessels are scheduled to be delivered between the third quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

 

 

             Common Shares

 

LOGO

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

Credit Suisse

 

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

I. Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant provides as follows:

 

  1. Any person who is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation upon the same terms, under the same conditions, and to the same extent as authorized by Section 60 of the BCA, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. If the BCA is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the BCA, as so amended. The Corporation shall have the power to pay in advance expenses a director or officer incurred while defending a civil or criminal proceeding, provided that the director or officer will repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this section. Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a Director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

  2. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Bylaws.

II. Section 60 of the Associations Law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands provides as follows:

 

(1) Actions not by or in right of the corporation .    A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(2)

Actions by or in right of the corporation .    A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a

 

II-1


Table of Contents
 

judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not, opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claims, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

 

(3) When director or officer successful.     To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

(4) Payment of expenses in advance.     Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

 

(5) Indemnification pursuant to other rights.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(6) Continuation of indemnification.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(7) Insurance .    A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In July 2013, we issued 31,250,000 common shares, in September 2013, we issued 33,400,000 common shares and in October 2013 we issued 32,590,411 common shares, in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. These common shares were initially sold in offshore transactions to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act and in the United States to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in, and in reliance on Rule 144A of the Securities Act. RS Platou Markets AS

 

II-2


Table of Contents

acted as lead manager for the private placements, for which it received customary fees. The proceeds of these transactions are expected to be applied to partially finance the acquisition of our Initial Fleet.

 

Securities Sold

 

Date Sold

 

Gross
Consideration Per
Share

 

Net Consideration

 

Exemption from
Registration

 

Purchasers

31,250,000

Common Shares

  July 2013   $8.00 per share   $242.8 million   Regulation S and Rule 144A   Non-U.S. Investors and Qualified Institutional Buyers
33,400,000 Common Shares   September 2013   $8.96 per share   $290.2 million   Regulation S and Rule 144A   Non-U.S. Investors and Qualified Institutional Buyers
32,590,411 Common Shares   October 2013   $9.21 per share   $291.0 million   Regulation S and Rule 144A   Non-U.S. Investors and Qualified Institutional Buyers

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Number

    

Description

  1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement *
  3.1       Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company**
  3.2       Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company**
  4.1       Form of Common Share Certificate*
  5.1       Opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, Marshall Islands counsel to the Company, as to the validity of the common shares
  8.1       Opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP with respect to certain U.S. tax matters
  10.1       Master Agreement
  10.2       Administrative Services Agreement
  10.3       Equity Incentive Plan
  14.1       Code of Ethics
  21.1       List of Subsidiaries
  23.1       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2       Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.3       Consent of SSY Consultancy & Research Ltd.**
  23.4       Consent of Mr. Roberto Giorgi, Director Nominee**
  23.5       Consent of Mr. Einar Michael Steimler, Director Nominee**
  23.6       Consent of Mr. Christian M. Gut, Director Nominee**
  24.1       Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page hereto)**

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Monaco, Principality of Monaco on the 27 th day of November, 2013.

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
By:   /s/ Emanuele A. Lauro
Name:           Emanuele A. Lauro
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lawrence Rutkowski and Edward Horton or either of them, with full power to act alone, his or her true lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements to this registration statement, whether pre-effective or post-effective, including any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on November 27, 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Emanuele A. Lauro

Emanuele A. Lauro

  

Chief Executive Officer, Founder,

Chairman and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Robert Bugbee

Robert Bugbee

  

President, Founder and Director

/s/ Hugh Baker

Hugh Baker

  

Chief Financial Officer

( Principal Financial Officer and Principal

Accounting Officer )


Table of Contents

Authorized Representative

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative of the Registrant in the United States, has signed this registration statement in the City of New York, State of New York, on November 27, 2013.

 

SCORPIO SALT LLC
By:  

/s/ Hugh Baker

Name:           Hugh Baker
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 5.1

 

  LOGO   LOGO

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000

Monaco

November 27, 2013

Re: Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as Marshall Islands counsel to Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-192246) (the “Registration Statement”) as filed publicly with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the initial public offering of the Company’s common shares (the “Common Shares”), par value $0.01 per share.

We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of: (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the prospectus of the Company (the “Prospectus”) included in the Registration Statement; and (iii) such corporate documents and records of the Company and such other instruments, certificates and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to complete the execution of documents. As to various questions of fact which are material to the opinions hereinafter expressed, we have relied upon statements or certificates of public officials, directors of the Company and others.

We have further assumed for the purposes of this opinion, without investigation, that (i) all documents contemplated by the Prospectus to be executed in connection with the Offering have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto other than the Company, (ii) the terms of the Offering comply in all respects with the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Prospectus and all of the instruments, agreements and other documents relating thereto or executed in connection therewith, and (iii) all Common Shares will be issued in compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities and other laws (other than the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands in respect of which we are opining).

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and having regard to such other legal considerations which we deem relevant, we are of the opinions that under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Common Shares have been duly authorized and when issued, sold and paid for as contemplated in the Prospectus, the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid for and non-assessable.

This opinion is limited to the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as in effect on the date hereof.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and the discussions of advice provided by us under the headings “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ SEWARD & KISSEL LLP

Exhibit 8.1

 

  LOGO   LOGO

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000

Monaco

November 27, 2013

Re: Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-192246) (the “Registration Statement”) as filed publicly with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the initial public offering of the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share.

In formulating our opinion as to these matters, we have examined such documents as we have deemed appropriate, including the Registration Statement and the prospectus of the Company (the “Prospectus”) included in the Registration Statement. We also have obtained such additional information as we have deemed relevant and necessary from representatives of the Company.

Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statement.

Based on the facts as set forth in the Registration Statement and, in particular, on the representations, covenants, assumptions, conditions and qualifications described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Tax Considerations” therein, we hereby confirm that the opinions of Seward & Kissel LLP with respect to United States federal income tax matters and Marshall Islands tax matters expressed in the Registration Statement under the captions “Tax Considerations – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”, “Tax Consideration – Marshall Islands Tax Considerations”, “Risk Factors – We may have to pay tax on United States source income, which would reduce our earnings” and “Risk Factors – United States tax authorities could treat us as a ‘passive foreign investment company,’ which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders” accurately state our views as to the tax matters discussed therein.

Our opinions and the tax discussion as set forth in the Registration Statement are based on the current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service which may be cited or used as precedents, and case law, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive effect. No opinion is expressed on any matters other than those specifically referred to above by reference to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ SEWARD & KISSEL LLP

Exhibit 10.1

DEED OF MASTER AGREEMENT

This deed of master agreement (the “ Master ”) is effective as of 27 September, 2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) SCORPIO BULKERS INC. , a company incorporated under the laws of The Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (“ SALT ”) on its own account and as guarantor and agent for and on behalf of each of its existing wholly owned subsidiaries as of the Effective Date (“ SPVs ”) as well as any future vessel owning subsidiaries wholly owned by SALT (“ Future SPVs ”) (the SPVs and Future SPVs jointly referred to as the “ SALT SPVs ”);

 

(2) SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 (“ SCM ”); and

 

(3) SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 (“ SSM ”);

(each a “ Party ” and together the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(1) The SALT SPVs: (i) will control a number of vessels to be delivered from various shipyards; and (ii) may in the future control vessels purchased or chartered in from third parties (the vessels in (i) and (ii) above hereinafter together referred to as the “ Vessels ”). References to “control” or “controlled” herein means owned or chartered.

 

(2) SSM and SCM provide technical and commercial management services (respectively). The Vessels require technical and/or commercial management services from SSM and/or SCM (respectively).

 

(3) The Parties have agreed on a standard set of terms for technical and commercial management services, which shall be applicable to all Vessels.

 

(4) The standard set of terms for the commercial management of the Vessels is hereby attached as Annex I (“ Standard Commercial Management Terms ”) and the standard set of terms for the technical management of the Vessels is hereby attached as Annex II (“ Standard Technical Management Terms ”). Both the Standard Commercial Management Terms and the Standard Technical Management Terms (together the “ Standard Management Terms ”) form an integral part of this Master.

NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

  1. The Standard Management Terms contain the terms and conditions concerning the commercial and/or technical management provided by SCM and SSM respectively, to each Vessel controlled by the SALT SPVs.

 

  2.

All Vessels, existing and future , will be governed by the Standard Commercial Management Terms and/or Standard Technical Management Terms, in each case as amended by the terms detailed in the Confirmation (as defined below). The entry by a

 

Page 1 of 13


  Vessel under management by SCM and/or SSM and any amendments to the Standard Management Terms (“ Management Agreements ”), will be evidenced by a written confirmation (substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 ) executed by and between SALT as agent for and on behalf of the relevant SALT SPV on the one hand and SCM and/or SSM on the other hand (the “ Confirmation ”). Provided always that where any Vessels are time chartered from third parties (“Time Chartered Vessels”): (i) the Standard Technical Management Terms shall not apply, unless otherwise agreed, and (ii) the Time Chartered Vessels shall be governed by the Standard Commercial Management Terms, in each case as amended by the terms of the Time Chartered Vessels Confirmation (as defined below). The entry by a Time Chartered Vessel under management by SCM and any amendments to the Standard Commercial Management Terms, will be evidenced by a written confirmation (substantially in the form set out at Schedule 2) executed by and between SALT as agent for and on behalf of the relevant SALT SPV on the one hand and SCM on the other hand (the “ TC Confirmation ”)

 

  3. The management by SCM and/or SSM pursuant to the Standard Management Terms (as applicable) as amended by the terms detailed in the Confirmation shall be effective as of the date prescribed in the Confirmation or TC Confirmation, as applicable (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

  4. With effect from the date of the Confirmation (“ Confirmation Date ”) and prior to the Effective Date of each of the Management Agreements each of SCM and SSM undertake to ensure they have the necessary resources to manage each of the Vessels following the Effective Date.

 

  5. It is hereby agreed that in each and any of the following circumstances:

 

  i. any termination or actual or purported withdrawal by SALT or applicable SALT SPVs of a Confirmation and/or Management Agreement prior to the relevant Effective Date,

 

  ii. a Vessel not being delivered into the respective Management Agreement within 100 days of the respective Effective Date for any reason whatsoever other than (a) the insolvency of the yard where the Vessel is being built provided that the insolvency prevents and not merely delays construction and delivery of the Vessel and (b) the total loss (actual constructive or compromised) of the vessel whilst under construction at the yard (the aforementioned 5(ii)(a) and 5(ii)(b) being together “ Extraordinary Events ”); or

 

  iii. on or prior to the Effective Date (as applicable) the respective Confirmation and/or Management Agreement being declared void or ineffective for any other reason whatsoever,

an early termination fee of United States Dollars Five Hundred Thousand (US$500,000) in respect of each Confirmation shall immediately become due and payable by the relevant SALT SPV to SCM or SSM (as applicable) except that in respect of the Extraordinary Events set out above an early termination fee of United States Dollars Sixty Two Thousand Five Hundred (US$62,500) in respect of each Confirmation shall immediately become due and payable by the relevant SALT SPV to SCM or SSM (as applicable).

 

Page 2 of 13


  6. SALT agrees to guarantee and indemnify each of SCM and SSM in respect of the performance by each of the SALT SPVs of its respective obligations under this Master and the Management Agreements and shall issue in favour of each of SCM and SSM a guarantee in the form attached at Annex 3 on the same date as this Master.

 

  7. The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that in the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Master and any of the Management Agreements: (i) prior to the applicable Effective Date, the provisions of the Master shall prevail; and (ii) on and after the applicable Effective Date the provisions of the Management Agreement shall prevail.

 

  8. This Master may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  9. This Master shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Master shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

  10. No provision of this Master shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person who is not a party to this Master or a Future SPV.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Master has been duly executed as a deed and delivered with effect from the date written above.

 

Executed as a deed by    Luca Forgione    ) /s/ Luca Forgione
For and on behalf of    Scorpio Bulkers Inc.    )
in the presence of      
Signature of Witness       )
Name, address and occupation of witness    )
Executed as a deed by    Luca Forgione    ) /s/ Luca Forgione
For and on behalf of    Scorpio Bulkers Inc.    )
As agent for and on behalf of each of the SALT SPVs:    )
in the presence of:      
Signature of Witness       )
Name, address and occupation of witness    )
Executed as a deed by Aldo Poma    ) /s/ Aldo Poma
For and on behalf of    )
Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M.:    )
in the presence of:      
Signature of Witness       )
Name, address and occupation of witness    )

 

Page 3 of 13


Executed as deed by    Francesco Bellusci    ) /s/ Francesco Bellusci
For and on behalf of    )
Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M.:    )
in the presence of:      
Signature of Witness    )
Name, address and occupation of witness    )

 

Page 4 of 13


Schedule 1 – FORM OF CONFIRMATION TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT DATED [X]              2013

DATE OF CONFIRMATION [X] of [Commercial/Technical] Management Agreement (“Management Agreement”)

 

VESSEL
NAME

   VESSEL
DETAILS
   REGISTERED OWNER
OR DISPONENT
OWNER
   DATE OF ENTRY
INTO SALT FLEET
  

DATE OF ENTRY INTO MANAGEMENT BY

[SCM AND/OR SSM] ON [STANDARD

COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT TERMS AND
STANDARD TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT

TERMS (RESPECTIVELY)] (the “Effective

Date”)

   NOTES / AMENDMENTS TO
STANDARD MANAGEMENT TERMS
            [Drafting note: If this is a newbuilding then delivery date as per SBC should be inserted here - actual date NOT on or around]   

In respect of the Master Agreement effective as of September 27, 2013 and entered into amongst others, Scorpio Bulkers Inc., Scorpio Bulkers Inc., for and on behalf of existing and future wholly owned subsidiaries, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. and Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. (the “Master”), [SALT SPV] hereby acknowledges, confirms and accepts the terms of the Master.

Further, [Insert name of SALT SPV] acknowledges that in the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Master and this Management Agreement: (i) prior to the Effective Date, the provisions of the Master shall prevail; and (ii) on and after the Effective Date the provisions of this Management Agreement shall prevail.

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.as guarantor for and on behalf of [ insert name of SALT SPV ]:

Name:

Position:

Date:

[ Insert name of SALT SPV ]

Name:

Position:

Date:

 

Page 5 of 13


[Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M.] [if applicable]

Name:

Position:

Date:

OR

[Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M.] [if applicable]

Name:

Position:

Date:

 

Page 6 of 13


Schedule 2 – FORM OF CONFIRMATION TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT DATED [X]              2013

DATE OF CONFIRMATION [X] of Commercial Management Agreement (“Management Agreement”)

 

VESSEL
NAME

   VESSEL
DETAILS
   REGISTERED
OWNER OR
DISPONENT
OWNER
   DATE OF ENTRY
INTO SALT
FLEET
 

DATE OF ENTRY INTO
MANAGEMENT BY SCM ON
STANDARD COMMERCIAL
MANAGEMENT TERMS (the
“Effective Date”)

  

NOTES / AMENDMENTS TO STANDARD MANAGEMENT
TERMS

           [Drafting note: If this is a newbuilding then delivery date as per SBC should be inserted here - actual date NOT on or around]   

The Standard Commercial Management Terms are amended as follows:

 

Clause 1 “Time Charter”: definition of time charter to be added.

 

Clause 12: add “In the event that the Vessel becomes a pool vessel pursuant to which the Managers are remunerated for services in respect of the Vessel under the terms of the applicable pool agreement, the Managers shall not for this time period be remunerated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Clause 21(a): delete and replace with

 

“This Agreement shall come into effect at the date stated in Box 2 and shall continue until terminated by either party giving notice to the other; in which event this Agreement shall terminate on the date on which the Vessel is re-delivered under the Time Charter unless terminated earlier in accordance with Clause 22 (“Termination”)

 

Clause 22 (all sub-para): delete all references to ET1, ET2, ET3 and ET4.

 

Clause 22(g) delete “an ET2 event or for” and “and an ET1, ET3 and ET4 event”

 

Clause 22(h) shall be deleted

 

Page 7 of 13


In respect of the Master Agreement effective as of September 27, 2013 and entered into amongst others, Scorpio Bulkers Inc., Scorpio Bulkers Inc., for and on behalf of existing and future wholly owned subsidiaries, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. and Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. (the “Master”), [SALT SPV] hereby acknowledges, confirms and accepts the terms of the Master.

Further, [Insert name of SALT SPV] acknowledges that in the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Master and this Management Agreement: (i) prior to the Effective Date, the provisions of the Master shall prevail; and (ii) on and after the Effective Date the provisions of this Management Agreement shall prevail.

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.as guarantor for and on behalf of [ insert name of SALT SPV ]:

Name:

Position:

Date:

[ Insert name of SALT SPV ]

Name:

Position:

Date:

Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M.

Name:

Position:

Date:

 

Page 8 of 13


Annex I – STANDARD COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT TERMS

 

Page 9 of 13


Annex II – STANDARD TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT TERMS

 

Page 10 of 13


Annex III – SALT GUARANTEE

DEED OF GUARANTEE (“Guarantee”)

To:

 

  (i) [SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 (“ SCM ”)]; and

 

  (ii) [SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 (“ SSM ”)];

(the “ Beneficiary ”)

 

  (A) Background:

 

  (1) The SALT SPVs being each of the existing wholly owned SALT subsidiaries (as set out in Schedule 1 ) (“ SPVs ”) as well as any future vessel owning subsidiaries wholly owned by SALT (“ Future SPVs ”) (the SPVs and Future SPVs jointly referred to as the “ SALT SPVs ”) (a) will control a number of vessels to be delivered from various shipyards; and (b) may in the future control vessels purchased or chartered in from third parties (the vessels in (a) and (b) above hereinafter together referred to as the “ Vessels ”). References to “control” or “controlled” herein means owned or chartered.

 

  (2) A Master Agreement effective as of 27 September, 2013 has been entered into amongst others, ourselves, Scorpio Bulkers Inc., Scorpio Bulkers Inc., for and on behalf of existing and future wholly owned subsidiaries, Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M (“ SSM ”) and Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (“ SCM ”), to govern the relationship the aforementioned parties prior to delivery of any of the Vessels and the Management Agreements, as defined below, becoming effective (the “ Master ”).

 

  (3) The Vessels will following delivery be technically and commercially managed by SSM and SCM (respectively).

 

  (B) Payment Guarantee:

In consideration of the Beneficiary entering into [technical/commercial] management agreements (“ Management Agreements ”) with any of the SALT SPVs in respect of the Vessels we, Scorpio Bulkers Inc., for ourselves and our successors from time to time (the “ Grantor ”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee as primary obligor and not merely as the surety, the due and punctual performance of any obligations and payment of any amounts due to the Beneficiary by any of the SALT SPVs under or in connection with the Management Agreements and Master Agreement.

 

  (C) Liability Unconditional:

The Grantor’s liability under this Guarantee shall not be discharged, reduced or otherwise affected in any way by any reason (without limitation and whether or not known to the Grantor or the Beneficiary) including (i) the Beneficiary giving the Grantor time or any other concession, (ii) any composition, discharge, release or other variation of liability entered into with, or granted to, any SALT SPVs, (iii) the Beneficiary taking, holding, varying, realising or not enforcing any other security for the liabilities of any SALT SPVs or the Grantor under the Master

 

Page 11 of 13


and the Management Agreements (as amended, varied, supplemented, replaced or restated from time to time), (iv) any amendment, variation or waiver (however fundamental) of any provision of any of the Master and the Management Agreements, (v) any legal limitation or incapacity relating to any SALT SPVs or the Grantor, (vi) any invalidity or unenforceability of the obligations of any party under any of the Master and the Management Agreements or (vii) any other act or omission of the Beneficiary or any other circumstances which, but for this provision, might discharge the Grantor.

Continuing guarantee

This Guarantee and the obligations of the Grantor hereunder are a continuing guarantee and shall continue in effect until all obligations and liabilities whatsoever which fall to be discharged by the Grantor under the Master and the Management Agreements, have been finally discharged in full, notwithstanding any intermediate payment, partial settlement or other matter

The Grantor’s obligations hereunder shall be in addition to and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantees granted or covenants assumed now or in the future by Grantor in favour of the Beneficiary with respect to any claim the Beneficiary has or may have against any SALT SPVs or the Grantor under either of the Master and/or the Management Agreements.

 

1 Other security

The Beneficiary may enforce this Guarantee without first making demand on, or taking any proceeding against, any SALT SPVs or any other person first or resorting to any other security, guarantee or other means of payment. The Grantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Beneficiary to proceed against or claim payment from any SALT SPVs before claiming from the Grantor hereunder. No action (or inaction) by the Beneficiary in respect of any such security, guarantee or other means of payment shall prejudice or affect the liability of the Grantor hereunder.

 

2 No set-off or counterclaim

All payments by the Grantor hereunder shall be made in full, without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of any deductions or withholdings or taxes or charges whatsoever in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds in United States Dollars for value on the date specified in the Beneficiary’s demand to the account notified to the Grantor by the Beneficiary.

 

3 Assignment

The Grantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Beneficiary may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in favour of whom an assignment has been made under the Master and the Management Agreements.

 

4 Notices and demands

Any notice or demand by the Beneficiary under this Guarantee shall be in writing by letter or by fax and shall be deemed to have been served on the Grantor (in the case of a letter) when delivered at its address shown above and (in the case of a telefax) when received in complete and legible form. Any notice or demand sent by telex shall be deemed to have been served at the time of despatch with confirmed answerback of the Grantor appearing on the transmission.

 

5 Law and Disputes

This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or

 

Page 12 of 13


reenactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been duly executed as a deed and delivered

 

Executed as a deed by    Luca Forgione    )
For and on behalf of    Scorpio Bulkers Inc.    )
in the presence of      
Signature of Witness    )
Name, address and occupation of witness    )

 

Page 13 of 13


Annex I

 

LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea SHIPMAN 2009 STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT PART I Association 1. Place and date of Agreement 2. Date of commencement of Agreement (Cls. 2, 12, 21 and 25) As per confirmation Managers‘ 3. Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (Cl. 1) 4. Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (Cl. 1) (i) Name: As per Confirmation (i) Name: Scorpio Commercial Management sam Ship (ii) Place of registered office: Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, (ii) Place of registered office: 9 blvd Charles III, MC98000, Monaco, Principality of Monaco International Majuro, Marshall Islands 96960 (iii) Law of registry: Principality of Monaco (iii) Law of registry: Marshall Islands the by Approved Guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc. Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, 96960 (Guarantor) 2009 and 1998 5. The Company (with reference to the ISM/ISPS Codes) (state name and IMO Unique Company 6. Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 4) Identification number. If the Company is a third party then also state registered office and principal No Revised place of business) (Cls. 1 and 9(c)(i)) (i) Name: Scorpio Ship Management sam 7. Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 5(a)) 1988. published No (ii) IMO Unique Company Identification number: 0631141 8. Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 6) First (iii) Place of registered office: 9 blvd Charles III, MC98000, Monaco, Principality of Monaco Yes (iv) Principal place of business: Principality of Monaco 9. Chartering Services period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 8) (Cl.6(a)) 10. Crew Insurance arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) Up to twelve (12) months (i) Crew Insurances* (Cl. 5(b)): No www.bimco.org (ii) Insurance for persons proceeding to sea onboard (Cl. 5(b)(i)): No *only to apply if Crew Management (Cl. 5(a)) agreed (see Box 7) BIMCO at from 11. Insurance arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 7) 12. Optional insurances (state optional insurance(s) as agreed, such as available No piracy, kidnap and ransom, loss of hire and FD & D) (Cl. 10(a)(iv)) n/a are 2009 SHIPMAN 13. Interest (state rate of interest to apply after due date to outstanding sums) (Cl. 9(a)) 14. Annual management fee (state annual amount) (Cl. 12(a)) n/a As per Confirmation for Notes Explanatory 15. Manager’s nominated account (Cl.12(a)) 16. Daily rate (state rate for days in excess of those agreed in budget) (Cl. 12(c)) Beneficiary name and address: Scorpio Commercial Management sam, 9 blvd. Charles III, n/a MC98000 Monaco Bank full name and address: ABN-Amro Bank, PO Box 1053, 3000 BB Rotterdam, The Netherlands 17. Lay-up period / number of months (Cl.12(d)) A/C No: 0240730453; IBAN: NL13FTSB0240730453; Swift code: FTSBNL2RXXX n/a BIMCO 18. Minimum contract period (state number of months) (Cl. 21(a)) 19. Management fee on termination (state number of months to apply) (Cl. 22(g)) by published See clause 21(a) Three (3) months of flat management fee plus any Commissions payable to Managers or accrued due or agreed shall remain payable under Clause 22(g) but see also Clause 22(h) Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s ideaSHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreementPART 1 (Continued) 20. Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (Cl. 22(h)(ii)) 21. Dispute Resolution (state alternative Cl. 23(a), 23(b) or 23(c); if Cl. 23(c) place of arbitration n/a must be stated) (Cl. 23) Clause 23(a) to apply Association 22. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication to the Owners) 23. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication to the Managers) Managers’ (Cl. 24) Cl. 24) As per Confirmation Scorpio Commercial Management sam, 9 blvd Charles III, MC98000 Monaco. Phone +377 97985850 Fax +377 97985858. E-mail: management@scorpiogroup.net Ship International It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 3 and the party stated in Box 4 that this Agreement consisting of PART l and PART ll as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel or Vessels), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget), “D” (Associated Vessels) and “E” (Fee Schedule) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART l and Annexes “A”, “B”, “C”, “D” and “E” shall prevail over those of PART ll to the extent of such conflict but no further. the by Approved Signature(s) (Owners) Signature(s) (Managers) 2009 Signature(s) (Guarantor) and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright,


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “A” (DETAILS OF VESSEL OR VESSELS) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Date of Agreement: Association Name of Vessel(s): Particulars of Vessel(s): As per Confirmation Managers’ Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “B” (DETAILS OF CREW) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Date of Agreement: Association Details of Crew: Numbers Rank Nationality Managers’ Ship International NOT APPLICABLE COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “C” (BUDGET) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Date of Agreement: Managers’ initial budget with effect from the commencement date of this Agreement (see Box 2): Association Managers’ Ship NOT APPLICABLE International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “D” (ASSOCIATED VESSELS) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 NOTE: PARTIES SHOULD BE AWARE THAT BY COMPLETING THIS ANNEX ?D? THEY WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUB-CLAUSE 22(b)(i) OF THIS AGREEMENT. Association Date of Agreement: Managers’ Details of Associated Vessels: As per Confirmation Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “E” (FEE SCHEDULE) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Association NOT APPLICABLE Managers’ Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 1—Basis of the Agreement 1. Definitions and Interpretation 1 In this Shipman 2009 form (together with the Confirmation, any additional clauses of even date herewith and 2 any Annexes hereto (the “Agreement” ) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: 3 “Approved Broker” means any of Arrow, Clarksons, ICAP, Platou and SSY. “Company” (with reference to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code) means the organization identified in Box 5 4 or any replacement organization appointed by the Owners from time to time (see Sub-clauses 9(b)(i) or 9(c) 5 (ii), whichever is applicable). 6 “Crew” means the personnel of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” hereto. 7 “Crew Insurances” means insurance of liabilities in respect of crew risks which shall include but not be limited 8 to death, permanent disability, sickness, injury, repatriation, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss 9 of personal effects (see Sub-clause 5(b) (Crew Insurances) and Clause 7 (Insurance Arrangements) and 10 Clause 10 (Insurance Policies) and Boxes 10 and 11). 11 “Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any 12 individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the 13 purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality 14 of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet 15 training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews. 16 “Guarantor” means Scorpio Bulkers Inc. “Flag State” means the State whose flag the Vessel is flying. 17 “ISM Code” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution 18 Prevention and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 19 “ISPS Code” means the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and the relevant 20 amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 21 “Managers” means the party identified in Box 4. 22 “Management Services” means the services specified in SECTION 2—Services (Clauses 4 through 7) as 23 indicated affirmatively in Boxes 6 through 8, 10 and 11, and all other functions performed by the Managers 24 under the terms of this Agreement. 25 “Master Agreement” means the deed of Master Agreement effective as of 27 September 2013 entered into by and between the Guarantor, the Guarantor on behalf of any existing and future wholly owned subsidiaries, Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M and the Managers. “Owners” means the party identified in Box 3. 26 “Severance Costs” means the costs which are legally required to be paid to the Crew as a result of the early 27 termination of any contracts for service on the Vessel. 28 “SMS” means the Safety Management System (as defined by the ISM Code). 29 “STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping 30 for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 31 “Vessel” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto. 32 Interpretation: the Managers, Owners and Guarantor acknowledge and agree that in the event of any 1


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement inconsistency between the provisions of the Master Agreement and this Agreement: (i) prior to and including the Effective Date the provisions of the Master Agreement shall prevail; and (ii) after the Effective Date the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail. 2. Commencement and Appointment 33 With effect from the date stated in Box 2 for the commencement of the Management Services and continuing 34 unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers 35 hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel in respect of the Management Services. 36 3. Authority of the Managers 37 Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement the Managers shall 38 carry out the Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The 39 Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion 40 consider to be necessary to enable them to perform the Management Services in accordance with sound 41 ship management practice, including but not limited to compliance with all relevant rules and regulations. 42 WORKING 2


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 2—Services 4. Technical Management 43 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 6). 44 The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following 45 services: 46 (a) ensuring that the Vessel complies with the requirements of the law of the Flag State; 47 (b) ensuring compliance with the ISM Code; 48 (c)ensuring compliance with the ISPS Code; 49 (d)providing competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel; 50 (e) arranging and supervising dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the maintenance of the Vessel to the 51 standards agreed with the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary 52 expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with all requirements and recommendations of the 53 classification society, and with the law of the Flag State and of the places where the Vessel is required to 54 trade; 55 (f)arranging the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil; 56 (g) appointing surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be 57 necessary; 58 (h) in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, supervising the sale and physical delivery of the Vessel 59 under the sale agreement. However services under this Sub-clause 4(h) shall not include negotiation of the 60 sale agreement or transfer of ownership of the Vessel; 61 (i)arranging for the supply of provisions unless provided by the Owners; and 62 (j) arranging for the sampling and testing of bunkers. 63 5. Crew Management and Crew Insurances 64 (a) Crew Management 65 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 7) 66 The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew who shall comply with the requirements of STCW 95. 67 The provision of such crew management services includes, but is not limited to, the following services: 68 (i)selecting, engaging and providing for the administration of the Crew, including, as applicable, payroll 69 arrangements, pension arrangements, tax, social security contributions and other mandatory dues related 70 to their employment payable in each Crew member’s country of domicile; 71 (ii)ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the Flag State in respect of rank, qualification 72 and certification of the Crew and employment regulations, such as Crew’s tax and social insurance, are 73 satisfied; 74 (iii)ensuring that all Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are 75 fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in 76 accordance with appropriate Flag State requirements or such higher standard of medical examination 77 as may be agreed with the Owners. In the absence of applicable Flag State requirements the medical 78 certificate shall be valid at the time when the respective Crew member arrives on board the Vessel and 79 shall be maintained for the duration of the service on board the Vessel; 80 (iv)ensuring that the Crew shall have a common working language and a command of the English language 81 of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely; 82 (v)arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation; 83 (vi)training of the Crew; 84 3


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement (vii)conducting union negotiations; and 85 (viii) if the Managers are the Company, ensuring that the Crew, on joining the Vessel, are given proper 86 familiarisation with their duties in relation to the Vessel’s SMS and that instructions which are essential 87 to the SMS are identified, documented and given to the Crew prior to sailing. 88 (ix)if the Managers are not the Company: 89 (1) ensuring that the Crew, before joining the Vessel, are given proper familiarisation with their duties 90 in relation to the ISM Code; and 91 (2) instructing the Crew to obey all reasonable orders of the Company in connection with the operation 92 of the SMS. 93 (x)Where Managers are not providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 94 (Technical Management): 95 (1) ensuring that no person connected to the provision and the performance of the crew management 96 services shall proceed to sea on board the Vessel without the prior consent of the Owners (such consent 97 not to be unreasonably withheld); and 98 (2)ensuring that in the event that the Owners’ drug and alcohol policy requires measures to be taken 99 prior to the Crew joining the Vessel, implementing such measures; 100 (b) Crew Insurances 101 (only applicable if Sub-clause 5(a) applies and if agreed according to Box 10) 102 The Managers shall throughout the period of this Agreement provide the following services: 103 (i)arranging Crew Insurances in accordance with the best practice of prudent managers of vessels of a 104 similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies, underwriters or associations. 105 Insurances for any other persons proceeding to sea onboard the Vessel may be separately agreed by 106 the Owners and the Managers (see Box 10); 107 (ii)ensuring that the Owners are aware of the terms, conditions, exceptions and limits of liability of the 108 insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i); 109 (iii)ensuring that all premiums or calls in respect of the insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i) are paid by their 110 due date; 111 (iv)if obtainable at no additional cost, ensuring that insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i) name the Owners as 112 a joint assured with full cover and, unless otherwise agreed, on terms such that Owners shall be under 113 no liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with such insurances. 114 (v)providing written evidence, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owners, of the Managers’ compliance with 115 their obligations under Sub-clauses 5(b)(ii), and 5(b)(iii) within a reasonable time of the commencement 116 of this Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the 117 insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i). 118 6. Commercial Management 119 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 8). 120 The Managers shall provide the following services for the Vessel in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, 121 which shall include but not be limited to: 122 (a) seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) 123 of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the 124 period stated in Box 9, consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners; 125 (b) arranging, in the name and for the account of the Owners, for the provision of bunker fuels of the quality 126 specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade (see Annex A); 127 (c)voyage estimating and accounting and calculation of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch monies 128 due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel; assisting in the collection of any sums due to the Owners 129 4


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement related to the commercial operation of the Vessel in accordance with Clause 11 (Income Collected and 130 Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners); 131 If any of the services under Sub-clauses 6(a), 6(b) and 6(c) are to be excluded from the Management Fee, remuneration 132 for these services must be stated in Annex E (Fee Schedule). See Sub-clause 12(e). 133 (d) issuing voyage instructions including, but not limited to, authorising the Master to release cargo against 134 relevant letter(s) of indemnity; (e) appointing agents; 135 (f) appointing stevedores; and 136 (g) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel. 137 7. Insurance Arrangements 138 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11). 139 The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 10 (Insurance Policies), on such terms as 140 the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles, 141 franchises and limits of liability. COPY 142 WORKING


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 3 – Obligations 8. Managers’ Obligations 143 (a) The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the Management Services as agents 144 for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and 145 promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. 146 Provided however, that in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement, the 147 Managers shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from 148 time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of 149 the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such 150 manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and 151 reasonable. 152 (b) Where the Managers are providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical 153 Management), they shall procure that the requirements of the Flag State are satisfied and they shall agree 154 to be appointed as the Company, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over 155 the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code and the ISPS COPY Code, if applicable. 156 9. Owners’ Obligations 157 (a) The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this 158 Agreement. In the event of payment after the due date of any outstanding sums the Manager shall be entitled 159 to charge interest at the rate stated in Box 13. 160 (b) Where the Managers are providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical 161 Management), the Owners shall: 162 (i) report (or where the Owners are not the registered owners of the Vessel procure that the registered 163 owners report) to the Flag State administration the details of the Managers as the Company as required 164 to comply with the ISM and ISPS Codes; 165 (ii) procure that any officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements 166 of STCW 95; and 167 (iii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers (in their capacity as the 168 Company) in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system. 169 (c) Where the Managers are not providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 170 (Technical WORKING Management), the Owners shall: 171 (i) procure that the requirements of the Flag State are satisfied and notify the Managers upon execution of 172 this Agreement of the name and contact details of the organization that will be the Company by completing 173 Box 5; 174 (ii) if the Company changes at any time during this Agreement, notify the Managers in a timely manner of 175 the name and contact details of the new organization; 176 (iii) procure that the details of the Company, including any change thereof, are reported to the Flag State 177 administration as required to comply with the ISM and ISPS Codes. The Owners shall advise the Managers 178 in a timely manner when the Flag State administration has approved the Company; and 179 (iv) unless otherwise agreed, arrange for the supply of provisions at their own expense. 180 (d) Where the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) the 181 Owners shall: 182 (i) inform the Managers prior to ordering the Vessel to any excluded or additional premium area under 183 any of the Owners’ Insurances by reason of war risks and/or piracy or like perils and pay whatever 184 additional costs may properly be incurred by the Managers as a consequence of such orders including, 185 if necessary, the costs of replacing any member of the Crew. Any delays resulting from negotiation 186 with or replacement of any member of the Crew as a result of the Vessel being ordered to such an area 187 6


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement shall be for the Owners’ account. Should the Vessel be within an area which becomes an excluded or 188 additional premium area the above provisions relating to cost and delay shall apply; 189 (ii) agree with the Managers prior to any change of flag of the Vessel and pay whatever additional costs 190 may properly be incurred by the Managers as a consequence of such change. If agreement cannot be 191 reached then either party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Sub-clause 22(e); and 192 (iii) provide, at no cost to the Managers, in accordance with the requirements of the law of the Flag State, 193 or higher standard, as mutually agreed, adequate Crew accommodation and living standards. 194 (e) Where the Managers are not the Company, the Owners shall ensure that Crew are properly familiarised 195 with their duties in accordance with the Vessel’s SMS and that instructions which are essential to the SMS 196 are identified, documented and given to the Crew prior to sailing. 197 COPY WORKING


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 4 – Insurance, Budgets, Income, Expenses and Fees 10. Insurance Policies 198 The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under Clause 7 (Insurance Arrangements) 199 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement: 200 (a) at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than its sound market value or entered for its 201 full gross tonnage, as the case may be for: 202 (i) hull and machinery marine risks (including but not limited to crew negligence) and excess liabilities; 203 (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including but not limited to pollution risks, diversion expenses and, 204 except to the extent insured separately by the Managers in accordance with Sub-clause 5(b)(i), Crew 205 Insurances; 206 NOTE: If the Managers are not providing crew management services under Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew 207 Management) or have agreed not to provide Crew Insurances separately in accordance with Sub-clause 208 5(b)(i), then such insurances must be included in the protection and indemnity risks cover for the Vessel (see 209 Sub-clause 10(a)(ii) above). COPY 210 (iii) war risks (including but not limited to blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity, terrorism and crew 211 risks); and 212 (iv) such optional insurances as may be agreed (such as piracy, kidnap and ransom, loss of hire and 213 FD & D) (see Box 12) 214 Sub-clauses 10(a)(i) through 10(a)(iv) all in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels 215 of a similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies, underwriters or associations 216 (“the Owners’ Insurances”); 217 (b) all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid by their due date; 218 (c) the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party 219 designated by the Managers as a joint assuredco-assured (mis-direct arrow), with full cover. It is understood that in 220 some cases, such as protection and indemnity, the normal terms for such cover may impose on the Managers and any such third 221 party a liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances. 222 If obtainable at no additional cost, however, the Owners shall procure such insurances on terms such that 223 neither theWORKING Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising 224 in connection with the Owners’ Insurances. In any event, on termination of this Agreement in accordance 225 with Clause 21 (Duration of the Agreement) and Clause 22 (Termination), the Owners shall procure that the 226 Managers and any third party designated by the Managers as joint assuredco-assured shall cease to be joint 227 assuredco-assured and, if reasonably achievable, that they shall be released from any and all liability for premiums and calls 228 that may arise in relation to the period of this Agreement; and 229 (d) written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of the Owners’ compliance 230 with their obligations under this Clause 10 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, 231 and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances. 232 10.1 The Owners may, from time to time, require the Managers to arrange, in the name and for the account of the Owners, for operational insurance as envisaged in clause 10(a)(iv). 11. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners 233 (a) Except as provided in Sub-clause 11(c) all monies collected by the Managers under the terms of this 234 Agreement (other than monies payable by the Owners to the Managers) (if any) and any interest thereon shall be 235 held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account. 236 (b) All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners 237 8


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement (including expenses as provided in Clause 12(c)) (if any) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred 238 to under Sub-clause 11(a) but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand. 239 (c) All monies collected by the Managers under Clause 6 (Commercial Management) (if any) shall be paid into a 240 bank account in the name of the Owners or as may be otherwise advised by the Owners in writing. 241 12. Management Fee and Expenses 242 (a) The Owners shall pay to the Managers an annual management fee as stated in Box 14 for their services 243 as Managers under this Agreement, (i) a flat management fee as stated in the Confirmation and which shall be 244 payable monthly in advance against proper invoice in equal monthly instalments in advance, the first instalment (pro rata if appropriate) being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 245 (Commencement and Appointment) and Box 2) and subsequent instalments being payable at the beginning 246 of every calendar month; and 247 (ii) for providing chartering services in accordance with clause 6(a) a commission of one and a quarter percent (1.25%) on all monies earned by the Owners on each Vessel fixture (“Commission”). The management fee and commissionsshall be payable to the Managers’ nominated account stated in Box 15 and shall become due and payable from the Owners to the Managers as from the Effective Date. 248 As of the Effective Date any Commission shall be payable on the date when any freight, hire or other monies are received (“Revenues”) in respect of which Commission COPY is due and Owners hereby authorise Managers to deduct the Commission part of the management fee from Revenues when received. (b) The management fee shall be subject to an annual review and the proposed fee shall be presented in 249 the annual budget in accordance with Sub-clause 13(a). 250 (c) The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, 251 facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of this Clause 12 (Management Fee and Expenses) the 252 Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and 253 other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services. 254 Any days used by the Managers’ personnel travelling to or from or attending on the Vessel or otherwise used 255 in connection with the Management Services in excess of those agreed in the budget shall be charged at 256 the daily rate stated in Box 16. 257 (d) If the Owners decide to layup the Vessel and such layup lasts for more than the number of months 258 stated in Box 17, an appropriate reduction of the Management Fee for the period exceeding such period 259 until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties. If 260 the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a), consequential 261 costs of reduction WORKING and reinstatement of the Crew shall be for the Owners’ account. If agreement cannot be 262 reached then either party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Sub-clause 22(e). 263 (e) Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers 264 in the course of the performance of the Management Services shall be credited to the Owners. 265 (d) Payment of the flat management fee set out above at Clause 12(a)(i) and the Commission set out at Clause 12(a)(i) is fully guaranteed by the Guarantor and the Guarantor as the ultimate parent of the Owner acknowledges that the Management Services, the Managers will provide to the Owners, are due consideration for the giving of this guarantee. 13. Budgets and Management of Funds 266 (a) The Managers’ initial budget is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent budgets shall be for twelve 267 month periods and shall be prepared by the Managers and presented to the Owners not less than three 268 months before the end of the budget year. 269 (b) The Owners shall state to the Managers in a timely manner, but in any event within one month of 270 presentation, whether or not they agree to each proposed annual budget. The parties shall negotiate in good 271 faith and if they fail to agree on the annual budget, including the management fee, either party may terminate 272 this Agreement in accordance with Sub-clause 22(e). 273 (c) Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their 274 estimate of the working capital requirement for the Vessel and shall each month request the Owners in writing 275 9


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement to pay the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or 276 extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers 277 or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the 278 Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank 279 account. 280 (d) The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts in respect of the Management 281 Services in accordance with the relevant International Financial Reporting Standards or such other standard 282 as the parties may agree, including records of all costs and expenditure incurred, and produce a comparison 283 between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form and at such intervals as 284 shall be mutually agreed. 285 The Managers shall make such accounts available for inspection and auditing by the Owners and/or their 286 representatives in the Managers’ offices or by electronic means, provided reasonable notice is given by the 287 Owners. 288 (e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use 289 or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services. 290 COPY WORKING 10


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 5 – Legal, General and Duration of Agreement 14. Trading Restrictions 291 If the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew 292 Management), the Owners and the Managers will, prior to the commencement of this Agreement, agree on any 293 trading restrictions to the Vessel that may result from the terms and conditions of the Crew’s employment. 294 15. Replacement 295 If the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew 296 Management), the Owners may require the replacement, at their own expense, at the next reasonable 297 opportunity, of any member of the Crew found on reasonable grounds to be unsuitable for service. If the 298 Managers have failed to fulfil their obligations in providing suitable qualified Crew within the meaning of Sub- 299 clause 5(a) (Crew Management), then such replacement shall be at the Managers’ expense. 300 16. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract 301 Save as provided herein, The Managers shall not subcontract any of their obligations hereunder without the prior 302 written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Owners consent to the subcontract of (a) the chartering 303 services to Scorpio UK Limited of 32 Dover Street, London W1S 4NE and Scorpio USA LLC of 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington Delaware, 19808 County of New Castle; COPY and (b) post-fixture operations to Scorpio Marine Management (India) Pvt Ltd, of A/301 Delphi, Hiranandany Business Park, Powai, Mumbai, 400076, Maharashtra, India. In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement. 304 17. Responsibilities 305 (a) Force Majeure 306 Neither party shall be liable for any loss, damage or delay due to any of the following force majeure events 307 and/or conditions to the extent that the party invoking force majeure is prevented or hindered from 308 performing any or all of their obligations under this Agreement, provided they have made all 309 reasonable efforts to avoid, minimize or prevent the effect of such events and/or conditions: 310 (i) acts of God; 311 (ii) any Government requisition, control, intervention, requirement or interference; 312 (iii) any circumstances arising out of war, threatened act of war or warlike operations, acts of terrorism, 313 sabotage or piracy, or the consequences thereof; 314 (iv) riots, civil commotion, blockades or embargoes; 315 (v) epidemics; WORKING 316 (vi) earthquakes, landslides, floods or other extraordinary weather conditions; 317 (vii) strikes, lockouts or other industrial action, unless limited to the employees (which shall not include the 318 Crew) of the party seeking to invoke force majeure; 319 (viii) fire, accident, explosion except where caused by negligence of the party seeking to invoke force majeure; 320 and 321 (ix) any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of either party. 322 (b) Liability to Owners 323 (i) Without prejudice to Sub-clause 17(a), the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners 324 for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but 325 not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and 326 howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved 327 to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their 328 employees or agents, or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case 329 (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission 330 committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, 331 delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents 332 11


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten (10) times the annual management fee as per Clause 333 12(a)(i) payable hereunder. 334 (ii) Acts or omissions of the Crew—Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this 335 Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Crew, even if such acts 336 or omissions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to 337 have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under Clause 5(a) (Crew 338 Management), in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 339 17 (Responsibilities). 340 (c) Indemnity 341 Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under 342 Sub-clause 17(b), the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, 343 agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, 344 demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or 345 suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, and against and in 346 respect of all costs, loss, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity 347 basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance 348 of this Agreement. COPY 349 (d) “Himalaya” 350 It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every 351 sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be 352 under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or 353 resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in 354 connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this 355 Clause 17 (Responsibilities), every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every 356 right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to 357 which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such 358 employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions 359 of this Clause 17 (Responsibilities) the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee 360 on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time 361 (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be 362 parties to this Agreement. 363 18. General Administration 364 (a) The Managers shall keep the Owners and, if appropriate, the Company informed in a timely manner of 365 any incident WORKING of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to delay to the Vessel or 366 claims or disputes involving third parties and which individually are reasonably estimated to be in excess of 367 US$15,000. (b) The Managers shall handle and settle all claims and disputes arising out of the Management Services 368 hereunder, unless the Owners instruct the Managers otherwise. The Managers shall keep the Owners 369 appropriately informed in a timely manner throughout the handling of such claims and disputes. 370 (c) The Owners may request the Managers to bring or defend other actions, suits or proceedings related 371 to the Management Services, on terms to be agreed and subject to the provisions of clause 18(a) and 18(b). 372 (d) The Managers shall have power to obtain appropriate legal or technical or other outside expert advice in 373 relation to the handling and settlement of claims in relation to Sub-clauses 18(a) and 18(b) and disputes and 374 any other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, save Managers should obtain 375 Owners approval prior to taking any action if time permits and unless the Owners instruct the Managers otherwise. 376 (e) On giving reasonable notice, the Owners may request, and the Managers shall in a timely manner make 377 available, all documentation, information and records in respect of the matters covered by this Agreement and in 378 respect of the Management Services. either related to mandatory rules or regulations or other obligations applying to the Owners in respect of 379 the Vessel (including but not limited to STCW 95, the ISM Code and ISPS Code) to the extent permitted by 380 relevant legislation. 381 12


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement On giving reasonable notice, the Managers may request, and the Owners shall in a timely manner make 382 available, all documentation, information and records reasonably required by the Managers to enable them 383 to perform the Management Services. 384 (f) The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security. 385 (g) Any costs incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to this Clause 18 (General 386 Administration) shall be reimbursed by the Owners. 387 19. Inspection of Vessel 388 The Owners may at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers inspect the Vessel for any reason 389 they consider necessary. 390 20. Compliance with Laws and Regulations 391 The parties will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the 392 laws and regulations of the Flag State, or of the places where the Vessel trades. 393 21. Duration of the Agreement 394 (a) This Agreement shall come into effect at the date stated in Box 2 and shall continue until terminated by 395 either party by giving notice to the other; in which event this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration 396 of the later of the number of months stated in Box 18 or a period ofCOPY two (2) twenty-four (24) months from the date on 397 which such notice is received, unless terminated earlier in accordance with Clause 22 (Termination). 398 (b) Where the Vessel is not at a mutually convenient port or place on the expiry of such period, this Agreement 399 shall terminate on the subsequent arrival of the Vessel at the next mutually convenient port or place. 400 22. Termination 401 (a) Owners’ or Managers’ default 402 If either party fails to meet their obligations under this Agreement, the other party may give notice to the 403 party in default requiring them to remedy it. In the event that the party in default fails to remedy it within a 404 reasonable time to the reasonable satisfaction of the other party, that party shall be entitled to terminate this 405 Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the party in default. 406 If the Managers are convicted of, or admits guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing. (b) Notwithstanding Sub-clause 22(a): 407 (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the 408 Owners if any monies payable by the Owners and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of 409 which are listed WORKING in Annex “D”, shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within 410 ten days (10) of receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request, or if the Vessel is repossessed by 411 the Mortgagee(s). 412 (ii) If the Owners proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of 413 contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion 414 of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper, the Managers may give notice of the default to the 415 Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to 416 remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled 417 to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice. 418 (iii) If either party fails to meet their respective obligations under Sub-clause 5(b) (Crew Insurances) and 419 Clause 10 (Insurance Policies), the other party may give notice to the party in default requiring them to 420 remedy it within ten (10) days, failing which the other party may terminate this Agreement with immediate 421 effect by giving notice to the party in default. 422 (c) Extraordinary Termination 423 This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel (“ET1”) or, if the Vessel 424 becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned 425 or has been declared missing or is bareboat chartered for a period of less than three (3) years, when the 426 bareboat charter comes to an end (“ET2”) or, if bareboat chartered for a period of three (3) years or more, unless otherwise agreed, when the bareboat charter 13


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement comes to an end (“ET3”) or she is not delivered to the Owners within 100 days of the Effective Date (“ET4”). 427 (d) For the purpose of Sub-clause 22(c) hereof: 428 (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be 429 the date on which the Vessel’s owners cease to be the registered owners of the Vessel; 430 (ii) the Vessel shall be deemed to be lost either when it has become an actual total loss or agreement has 431 been reached with the Vessel’s underwriters in respect of its constructive total loss or if such agreement 432 with the Vessel’s underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive 433 loss of the Vessel has occurred; and 434 (iii) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as declared missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel 435 was last reported or when the Vessel is recorded as missing by the Vessel’s underwriters, whichever 436 occurs first. A missing vessel shall be deemed lost in accordance with the provisions of Sub-clause 22(d) 437 (ii). 438 (e) In the event the parties fail to agree the annual budget in accordance with Sub-clause 13(b), or to agree 439 a change of flag in accordance with Sub-clause 9(d)(ii), or to agree to a reduction in the Mangement Fee in 440 accordance with Sub-clause 12(d), either party may terminate this Agreement by giving the other party not 441 less than one month’s notice, the result of which will be the expiry of COPY the Agreement at the end of the current 442 budget period or on expiry of the notice period, whichever is the later. 443 (f) This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed 444 for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of 445 reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or administrator is appointed, or if it suspends payment, 446 ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.Either party shall 447 have the right to terminate this Agreement forthwith if the other party: has ceased to trade; suspend payment(s); has an order made or resolution passed for its winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy (otherwise than for the purpose of solvent reconstruction or amalgamation); has a receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or other similar official appointed over all or substantially all of its assets or undertakings; has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets; has become insolvent or gone into liquidation (unless such liquidation is for the purpose of a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation); makes a general assignement, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; is unable to pay its debts as they become due; causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in the foregoing text; or, takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. (g) In the event of the termination of this Agreement for an ET 2 event or for any reason other than default by the 448 Managers and an ET1, ET 3 and ET 4 event the management WORKING fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clause 12 (Management Fee and 449 Expenses), shall continue to be payable for a further period of the number of months stated in Box 19 as 450 from the effective date of termination. If Box 19 is left blank then ninety (90) days shall apply. 451 (h) In the event of this Agreement being terminated for an ET1, ET 3 or ET 4 event the management fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clause 12 (Management Fee and Expenses) shall continue to be payable for a further period of twenty-four (24) months. In respect of the above, the amounts which make up the flat management fee as set out at Clause 12(a)(i) and 12(a) (ii) shall be accellerated and immediately payable in one lump sum on the effective date of termination. In respect of the amounts which make up the Commission as set out at Clause 12(a)(ii) this shall be calculated so that Commission is deemed payable for a further twenty-four months (“Remaining Period”). Therefore any Commission amounts which have accrued due or been agreed shall remain payable. For any part of the Remaining Period where no actual Commission has accrued or is due, the amount of the Commission due under this clause shall be calculated on the basis of the Scorpio pool result for this type of vessel or if this is not available for any reason, the average of three (3) Approved Brokers assessment based on the previous quarter. Provided always that in relation to an ET4 event, no termination sum shall fall due hereunder where the Owner is required to pay an Early Termination Fee as described in the Master Agreement. (h) In addition, where the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with Clause 5(a) (Crew 452 14


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement Management): 453 (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of the number of 454 months stated in Box 19; and 455 (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may be incurred, not 456 exceeding the amount stated in Box 20. The Managers shall use their reasonable endeavours to minimise 457 such Severance Costs. 458 (i) On the termination, for whatever reason, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, 459 if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all accounts and all documents 460 specifically relating to the Vessel and its operation. 461 (j) The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties 462 prior to the date of termination. 463 23. BIMCO Dispute Resolution Clause 464 (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute 465 arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with 466 the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary 467 to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. COPY 468 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) 469 Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. 470 The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its 471 arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint 472 its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole 473 arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 474 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so 475 within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any 476 further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party 477 accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by 478 agreement. 479 Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the 480 appointment of a sole arbitrator. 481 In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum 482 as the parties WORKING may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims 483 Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. 484 (b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code 485 and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement 486 shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the 487 third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of 488 enforcing any award, judgment may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The 489 proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. 490 In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum 491 as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration 492 Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings 493 are commenced. 494 (c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually 495 agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred 496 to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there. 497 (d) Notwithstanding Sub-clauses 23(a), 23(b) or 23(c) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to 498 mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. 499 (i) In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced under Sub-clauses 23(a), 500 15


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement 23(b) or 23(c) above, the following shall apply: 501 (ii) Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to 502 mediation by service on the other party of a written notice (the “Mediation Notice”) calling on the other 503 party to agree to mediation. 504 (iii) The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that 505 they agree to mediation, in which case the parties shall thereafter agree a mediator within a further 14 506 calendar days, failing which on the application of either party a mediator will be appointed promptly by 507 the Arbitration Tribunal (“the Tribunal”) or such person as the Tribunal may designate for that purpose. 508 The mediation shall be conducted in such place and in accordance with such procedure and on such 509 terms as the parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement, as may be set by the mediator. 510 (iv) If the other party does not agree to mediate, that fact may be brought to the attention of the Tribunal 511 and may be taken into account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between 512 the parties. 513 (v) The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers 514 necessary to protect its interest. 515 (vi) Either party may advise the Tribunal that they have agreed toCOPY mediation. The arbitration procedure shall 516 continue during the conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into 517 account when setting the timetable for steps in the arbitration. 518 (vii) Unless otherwise agreed or specified in the mediation terms, each party shall bear its own costs incurred 519 in the mediation and the parties shall share equally the mediator’s costs and expenses. 520 (viii) The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents 521 disclosed during it shall be revealed to the Tribunal except to the extent that they are disclosable under 522 the law and procedure governing the arbitration. 523 (Note: The parties should be aware that the mediation process may not necessarily interrupt time limits.) 524 (e) If Box 21 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, Sub-clause 23(a) of this Clause shall apply. 525 Note: Sub-clauses 23(a), 23(b) and 23(c) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 21. Sub-clause 526 23(d) shall apply in all cases. 527 24. Notices 528 (a) All notices given by either party or their agents to the other party or their agents in accordance with the 529 provisions WORKING of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall, unless specifically provided in this Agreement to 530 the contrary, be sent to the address for that other party as set out in Boxes 22 and 23 or as appropriate or 531 to such other address as the other party may designate in writing. 532 A notice may be sent by registered or recorded mail, facsimile, electronically or delivered by hand in accordance 533 with this Sub-clause 24(a). 534 (b) Any notice given under this Agreement shall take effect on receipt by the other party and shall be deemed 535 to have been received: 536 (i) if posted, on the seventh (7th) day after posting; 537 (ii) if sent by facsimile or electronically, on the day of transmission; and 538 (iii) if delivered by hand, on the day of delivery. 539 And in each case proof of posting, handing in or transmission shall be proof that notice has been given, 540 unless proven to the contrary. 541 25. Entire Agreement 542 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and no promise, undertaking, 543 representation, warranty or statement by either party prior to the date stated in Box 2 shall affect this 544 Agreement. Any modification of this Agreement shall not be of any effect unless in writing signed by or on 545 16


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement behalf of the parties. 546 26. Third Party Rights 547 Except to the extent provided in Sub-clauses 17(c) (Indemnity) and 17(d) (Himalaya), no third parties may 548 enforce any term of this Agreement. 549 27. Partial Validity 550 If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is held by any arbitrator or other competent body to be 551 illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law or jurisdiction, the provision shall be deemed 552 to be amended to the extent necessary to avoid such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, or, if such 553 amendment is not possible, the provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement to the extent 554 of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and 555 effect and shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 556 28. Interpretation 557 In this Agreement: 558 (a) Singular/Plural 559 The singular includes the plural and vice versa as the context admits or requires. 560 (b) Headings COPY 561 The index and headings to the clauses and appendices to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect 562 its construction or interpretation. 563 (c) Day 564 “Day” means a calendar day unless expressly stated to the contrary. 565 Any additional clauses attached hereto together with the Confirmation, any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendicies or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral part of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly. WORKING 17


Annex II

 

LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea SHIPMAN 2009 STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT PART I Association 1. Place and date of Agreement 2. Date of commencement of Agreement (Cls. 2, 12, 21 and 25) As per confirmation Managers’ 3. Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (Cl. 1) 4. Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) (Cl. 1) (i) Name: (i) Name: Scorpio Ship Management sam Ship (ii) Place of registered office: Ajeltake Road,Ajeltake Island,Majuro, MH96960, Marshall (ii) Place of registered office: 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco— MC International Islands (iii) Law of registry: Monaco (iii) Law of registry: Marshall Islands the by Guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc. Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Approved Islands, Majuro, Marshall Islands, 96960 (Guarantor) 5. The Company (with reference to the ISM/ISPS Codes) (state name and IMO Unique Company 6. Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 4) Identification number. If the Company is a third party then also state registered office and principal yes place of business) (Cls. 1 and 9(c)(i)) 2009 (i) Name: Scorpio Ship Management sam 7. Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 5(a)) and yes 1998 (ii) IMO Unique Company Identification number: 0631141 8. Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 6) Revised (iii) Place of registered office: 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco— MC no 1988. published (iv) Principal place of business: Monaco 9. Chartering Services period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 8) (Cl.6(a)) 10. Crew Insurance arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) First no (i) Crew Insurances* (Cl. 5(b)): within owner cover as per 10(a)(ii) (ii) Insurance for persons proceeding to sea onboard (Cl. 5(b)(i)): within owner cover as per 10(a)(ii) *only to apply if Crew Management (Cl. 5(a)) agreed (see Box 7) www.bimco.org 11. Insurance arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 7) 12. Optional insurances (state optional insurance(s) as agreed, such as yes piracy, kidnap and ransom, loss of hire and FD & D) (Cl. 10(a)(iv)) BIMCO at FD&D, Kidnap and Ransom while transiting extended GOA from available 13. Interest (state rate of interest to apply after due date to outstanding sums) (Cl. 9(a)) 14. Annual management fee (state annual amount) (Cl. 12(a)) 1% per month 200,000 USD are 2009 SHIPMAN 15. Manager’s nominated account (Cl.12(a)) 16. Daily rate (state rate for days in excess of those agreed in budget) (Cl. 12(c)) Beneficiary: SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT 400 USD in excess of 20 days per year travel included for I.B.A.N. : NL55ABNA0242251153 NotesA/C no. : 24 22 51 153 Explanatory 17. Lay-up period / number of months (Cl.12(d)) Bank: ABN AMBRO 2 months Rotterdam _ The Netherlands Bank’s Swift Code: ABNANL2A THROUGH: The Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (IF NEEDED) NEW YORK BANK SWIFT CODE PNBPUS3NNYC BIMCO 18. Minimum contract period (state number of months) (Cl. 21(a)) 19. Management fee on termination (state number of months to apply) (Cl. 22(g)) by See Clause 21(a) 3 (three) months but see also Clause 22(g) published None Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s ideaSHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreementPART 1 (Continued) 20. Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (Cl. 22(h)(ii)) 21. Dispute Resolution (state alternative Cl. 23(a), 23(b) or 23(c); if Cl. 23(c) place of arbitration 80,000 USD must be stated) (Cl. 23) 23(a) Association 22. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication to the Owners) 23. Notices (state full style contact details for serving notice and communication to the Managers) Managers’ (Cl. 24) Cl. 24) As per confirmation Scorpio Ship Management sam 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000-Monaco-MC Ship tel +377 97985700email fbellusci@scorpio.mc International It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 3 and the party stated in Box 4 that this Agreement consisting of PART l and PART ll as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel or Vessels), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget), “D” (Associated Vessels) and “E” (Fee Schedule) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART l and Annexes “A”, “B”, “C”, “D” and “E” shall prevail over those of PART ll to the extent of such conflict but no further. the by Approved Signature(s) (Owners) Signature(s) (Managers) Francesco Bellusci Administrateur Delegue 2009 Signature(s) (Guarantor) and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright,


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “A” (DETAILS OF VESSEL OR VESSELS) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Date of Agreement: Association Name of Vessel(s): Particulars of Vessel(s): Managers’ As per confirmation Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “B” (DETAILS OF CREW) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Date of Agreement: Association Details of Crew: Numbers Rank Nationality Managers’ Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “C” (BUDGET) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Date of Agreement: Managers’ initial budget with effect from the commencement date of this Agreement (see Box 2): Association Managers’ Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “D” (ASSOCIATED VESSELS) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 NOTE: PARTIES SHOULD BE AWARE THAT BY COMPLETING THIS ANNEX “D” THEY WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUB-CLAUSE 22(b)(i) OF THIS AGREEMENT. Association Date of Agreement: Managers’ Details of Associated Vessels: Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

Printed by BIMCO’s idea ANNEX “E” (FEE SCHEDULE) TO THE BIMCO STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT CODE NAME: SHIPMAN 2009 Association Managers’ Ship International COPY the by Approved 2009 and 1998 Revised WORKING 1988. published First www.bimco.org BIMCO at from available are 2009 SHIPMAN for Notes Explanatory BIMCO by published Copyright, Continued This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 2009 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 1—Basis of the Agreement 1. Definitions and Interpretation 1 In this Agreement Shipman 2009 form (together with the Confirmation, any additional clauses of even date 2 herewith and any Annexes hereto (the “Agreement”) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: 3 “Company” (with reference to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code) means the organization identified in Box 5 4 or any replacement organization appointed by the Owners from time to time (see Sub-clauses 9(b)(i) or 9(c) 5 (ii), whichever is applicable). 6 “Crew” means the personnel of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” hereto. 7 “Crew Insurances” means insurance of liabilities in respect of crew risks which shall include but not be limited 8 to death, permanent disability, sickness, injury, repatriation, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss 9 of personal effects (see Sub-clause 5(b) (Crew Insurances) and Clause 7 (Insurance Arrangements) and 10 Clause 10 (Insurance Policies) and Boxes 10 and 11). 11 “Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any 12 individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the 13 purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality 14 of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet 15 training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews as pertain only to the Vessel and her 16 requirements. “Flag State” means the State whose flag the Vessel is flying. 17 “Guarantor” means Scorpio Bulkers Inc. “ISM Code” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution 18 Prevention and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 19 “ISPS Code” means the International Code for the Security of Ships and Port Facilities and the relevant 20 amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 21 “Managers” means the party identified in Box 4. 22 “Management Services” means the services specified in SECTION 2—Services (Clauses 4 through 7) as 23 indicated affirmatively in Boxes 6 through 8, 10 and 11, and all other functions performed by the Managers 24 under the terms of this Agreement. 25 “Master Agreement” means the deed of Master Agreement effective as of 27 September 2013 entered into by and between the Guarantor, the Guarantor on behalf of any existing and future wholly owned subsidiaries, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M and the Managers. “Owners” means the party identified in Box 3. 26 “Severance Costs” means the costs which are legally required to be paid to the Crew as a result of the early 27 termination of any contracts for service on the Vessel. 28 “SMS” means the Safety Management System (as defined by the ISM Code). 29 “STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping 30 for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor. 31 “Vessel” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto. 32 Interpretation: the Managers, Owners and Guarantor acknowledge and agree that in the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Master Agreement and this Agreement: (i) prior to and including 1


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement the Effective Date the provisions of the Master Agreement shall prevail; and (ii) after the Effective Date the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail. 2. Commencement and Appointment 33 With effect from the date stated in Box 2 for the commencement of the Management Services and continuing 34 unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers 35 hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel in respect of the Management Services. 36 3. Authority of the Managers 37 Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement the Managers shall 38 carry out the Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The 39 Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion 40 consider to be necessary to enable them to perform the Management Services in accordance with sound 41 ship management practice, including but not limited to compliance with all relevant rules and regulations. 42 WORKING 2


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 2—Services 4. Technical Management 43 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 6). 44 The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following 45 services: 46 (a) ensuring that the Vessel complies with the requirements of the law of the Flag State; 47 (b) ensuring compliance with the ISM Code; 48 (c)ensuring compliance with the ISPS Code; 49 (d)providing competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel; 50 (e) arranging and supervising dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the maintenance of the Vessel to the 51 standards agreed with the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary 52 expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with all requirements and recommendations of the 53 classification society, and with the law of the Flag State and of the places where the Vessel is required to 54 Trade; 55 (f)arranging the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil; 56 (g) appointing surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be 57 necessary; 58 (h) in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, supervising the sale and physical delivery of the Vessel 59 under the sale agreement. However services under this Sub-clause 4(h) shall not include negotiation of the 60 sale agreement or transfer of ownership of the Vessel; 61 (i)arranging for the supply of provisions unless provided by the Owners; and 62 (j) arranging for the sampling and testing of bunkers. 63 5. Crew Management and Crew Insurances 64 (a) Crew Management 65 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 7) 66 The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew who shall comply with the requirements of STCW 95. 67 The provision of such crew management services includes, but is not limited to, the following services: 68 (i)selecting, engaging and providing for the administration of the Crew, including, as applicable, payroll 69 arrangements, pension arrangements, tax, social security contributions and other mandatory dues related 70 to their employment payable in each Crew member’s country of domicile; 71 (ii)ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the Flag State in respect of rank, qualification 72 and certification of the Crew and employment regulations, such as Crew’s tax and social insurance, are 73 satisfied; 74 (iii)ensuring that all Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are 75 fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in 76 accordance with appropriate Flag State requirements or such higher standard of medical examination 77 as may be agreed with the Owners. In the absence of applicable Flag State requirements the medical 78 certificate shall be valid at the time when the respective Crew member arrives on board the Vessel and 79 shall be maintained for the duration of the service on board the Vessel; 80 (iv)ensuring that the Crew shall have a common working language and a command of the English language 81 of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely; 82 (v)arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation; 83 (vi)training of the Crew; 84 3


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement (vii)conducting union negotiations; and 85 (viii) if the Managers are the Company, ensuring that the Crew, on joining the Vessel, are given proper 86 familiarisation with their duties in relation to the Vessel’s SMS and that instructions which are essential 87 to the SMS are identified, documented and given to the Crew prior to sailing. 88 (ix)if the Managers are not the Company: 89 (1) ensuring that the Crew, before joining the Vessel, are given proper familiarisation with their duties 90 in relation to the ISM Code; and 91 (2) instructing the Crew to obey all reasonable orders of the Company in connection with the operation 92 of the SMS. 93 (x)Where Managers are not providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 94 (Technical Management): 95 (1) ensuring that no person connected to the provision and the performance of the crew management 96 services shall proceed to sea on board the Vessel without the prior consent of the Owners (such consent 97 not to be unreasonably withheld); and 98 (2)ensuring that in the event that the Owners’ drug and alcohol policy requires measures to be taken 99 prior to the Crew joining the Vessel, implementing such measures; 100 (b) Crew Insurances 101 (only applicable if Sub-clause 5(a) applies and if agreed according to Box 10) 102 The Managers shall throughout the period of this Agreement provide the following services: 103 (i)arranging Crew Insurances in accordance with the best practice of prudent managers of vessels of a 104 similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies, underwriters or associations. 105 Insurances for any other persons proceeding to sea onboard the Vessel may be separately agreed by 106 the Owners and the Managers (see Box 10); 107 (ii)ensuring that the Owners are aware of the terms, conditions, exceptions and limits of liability of the 108 insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i); 109 (iii)ensuring that all premiums or calls in respect of the insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i) are paid by their 110 due date; 111 (iv)if obtainable at no additional cost, ensuring that insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i) name the Owners as 112 a joint assured with full cover and, unless otherwise agreed, on terms such that Owners shall be under 113 no liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with such insurances. 114 (v)providing written evidence, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owners, of the Managers’ compliance with 115 their obligations under Sub-clauses 5(b)(ii), and 5(b)(iii) within a reasonable time of the commencement 116 of this Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the 117 insurances in Sub-clause 5(b)(i). 118 6. Commercial Management 119 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 8). 120 The Managers shall provide the following services for the Vessel in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, 121 which shall include but not be limited to: 122 (a) seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) 123 of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the 124 period stated in Box 9, consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners; 125 (b) arranging for the provision of bunker fuels of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the 126 Vessel’s trade; 127 (c)voyage estimating and accounting and calculation of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch monies 128 due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel; assisting in the collection of any sums due to the Owners 129 related to the commercial operation of the Vessel in accordance with Clause 11 (Income Collected and 130 4


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners); 131 If any of the services under Sub-clauses 6(a), 6(b) and 6(c) are to be excluded from the Management Fee, remuneration 132 for these services must be stated in Annex E (Fee Schedule). See Sub-clause 12(e). 133 (d)issuing voyage instructions; 134 (e)appointing agents; 135 (f)appointing stevedores; and 136 (g)arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel. 137 7. Insurance Arrangements 138 (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11). 139 The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 10 (Insurance Policies), on such terms as 140 the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles, 141 franchises and limits of liability. 142 WORKING 5


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 3—Obligations 8. Managers’ Obligations 143 (a)The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the Management Services as agents 144 for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and 145 promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. 146 Provided however, that in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement, the 147 Managers shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from 148 time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of 149 the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such 150 manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and 151 reasonable. 152 (b)Where the Managers are providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical 153 Management), they shall procure that the requirements of the Flag State are satisfied and they shall agree 154 to be appointed as the Company, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over 155 the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, if applicable. 156 9. Owners’ Obligations 157 (a)The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this 158 Agreement. In the event of payment after the due date of any outstanding sums the Manager shall be entitled 159 to charge interest at the rate stated in Box 13. 160 (b) Where the Managers are providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 (Technical 161 Management), the Owners shall: 162 (i)report (or where the Owners are not the registered owners of the Vessel procure that the registered 163 owners report) to the Flag State administration the details of the Managers as the Company as required 164 to comply with the ISM and ISPS Codes; 165 (ii)procure that any officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements 166 of STCW 95; and 167 (iii)instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers (in their capacity as the 168 Company) in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system. 169 (c) Where the Managers are not providing technical management services in accordance with Clause 4 170 (Technical Management), the Owners shall: 171 (i)procure that the requirements of the Flag State are satisfied and notify the Managers upon execution of 172 this Agreement of the name and contact details of the organization that will be the Company by completing 173 Box 5; 174 (ii)if the Company changes at any time during this Agreement, notify the Managers in a timely manner of 175 the name and contact details of the new organization; 176 (iii)procure that the details of the Company, including any change thereof, are reported to the Flag State 177 administration as required to comply with the ISM and ISPS Codes. The Owners shall advise the Managers 178 in a timely manner when the Flag State administration has approved the Company; and 179 (iv)unless otherwise agreed, arrange for the supply of provisions at their own expense. 180 (d)Where the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) the 181 Owners shall: 182 (i)inform the Managers prior to ordering the Vessel to any excluded or additional premium area under 183 any of the Owners’ Insurances by reason of war risks and/or piracy or like perils and pay whatever 184 additional costs may properly be incurred by the Managers as a consequence of such orders including, 185 if necessary, the costs of replacing any member of the Crew. Any delays resulting from negotiation 186 with or replacement of any member of the Crew as a result of the Vessel being ordered to such an area 187 6


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement shall be for the Owners’ account. Should the Vessel be within an area which becomes an excluded or 188 additional premium area the above provisions relating to cost and delay shall apply; 189 (ii)agree with the Managers prior to any change of flag of the Vessel and pay whatever additional costs 190 may properly be incurred by the Managers as a consequence of such change. If agreement cannot be 191 reached then either party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Sub-clause 22(e); and 192 (iii)provide, at no cost to the Managers, in accordance with the requirements of the law of the Flag State, 193 or higher standard, as mutually agreed, adequate Crew accommodation and living standards. 194 (e) Where the Managers are not the Company, the Owners shall ensure that Crew are properly familiarised 195 with their duties in accordance with the Vessel’s SMS and that instructions which are essential to the SMS 196 are identified, documented and given to the Crew prior to sailing. 197 WORKING 7


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 4—Insurance, Budgets, Income, Expenses and Fees 10. Insurance Policies 198 The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under Clause 7 (Insurance Arrangements) 199 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement: 200 (a)at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than its sound market value or entered for its 201 full gross tonnage, as the case may be for: 202 (i)hull and machinery marine risks (including but not limited to crew negligence) and excess liabilities; 203 (ii)protection and indemnity risks (including but not limited to pollution risks, diversion expenses and, 204 except to the extent insured separately by the Managers in accordance with Sub-clause 5(b)(i), Crew 205 Insurances; 206 NOTE: If the Managers are not providing crew management services under Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew 207 Management) or have agreed not to provide Crew Insurances separately in accordance with Sub-clause 208 5(b)(i), then such insurances must be included in the protection and indemnity risks cover for the Vessel (see 209 Sub-clause 10(a)(ii) above). 210 (iii)war risks (including but not limited to blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity, terrorism and crew 211 risks); and 212 (iv)such optional insurances as may be agreed (such as piracy, kidnap and ransom, loss of hire and FD & 213 D) (see Box 12) 214 Sub-clauses 10(a)(i) through 10(a)(iv) all in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels 215 of a similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies, underwriters or associations 216 (“the Owners’ Insurances”); 217 (b)all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid by their due date; 218 (c)the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party 219 designated by the Managers as a joint assured (or co-assured, as the case may be), with full cover. It is understood 220 that in some cases, such as protection and indemnity, the normal terms for such cover may impose on the Managers and any such third 221 party a liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances. 222 If obtainable at no additional cost, however, the Owners shall procure such insurances on terms such that 223 neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising 224 in connection with the Owners’ Insurances. In any event, on termination of this Agreement in accordance 225 with Clause 21 (Duration of the Agreement) and Clause 22 (Termination), the Owners shall procure that the 226 Managers and any third party designated by the Managers as joint assured shall cease to be joint assured 227 and, if reasonably achievable, that they shall be released from any and all liability for premiums and calls 228 that may arise in relation to the period of this Agreement; and 229 (d)written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of the Owners’ compliance 230 with their obligations under this Clause 10 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, 231 and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances. 232 11. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners 233 (a)Except as provided in Sub-clause 11(c) all monies collected by the Managers under the terms of this 234 Agreement (other than monies payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be 235 held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account. 236 (b)All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners 237 (including expenses as provided in Clause 12(c)) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to 238 under Sub-clause 11(a) but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand. 239 (c)All monies collected by the Managers under Clause 6 (Commercial Management) shall be paid into a 240 8


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement bank account in the name of the Owners or as may be otherwise advised by the Owners in writing. 241 12. Management Fee and Expenses 242 (a)The Owners shall pay to the Managers an annual management fee as stated in Box 14 for their services 243 as Managers under this Agreement, which shall be payable in equal monthly instalments in advance, the first 244 instalment (pro rata if appropriate) being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 245 (Commencement and Appointment) and Box 2) and subsequent instalments being payable at the beginning 246 of every calendar month. The management fee shall be payable to the Managers’ nominated account stated 247 in Box 15. 248 (b)The management fee shall be subject to an annual review and the proposed fee shall be presented in 249 the annual budget in accordance with Sub-clause 13(a). 250 (c)The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, 251 facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of this Clause 12 (Management Fee and Expenses) the 252 Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and 253 other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services. 254 Any days used by the Managers’ personnel travelling to or from or attending on the Vessel or otherwise used 255 in connection with the Management Services in excess of those agreed in the budget shall be charged at 256 the daily rate stated in Box 16. 257 (d)If the Owners decide to layup the Vessel and such layup lasts for more than the number of months 258 stated in Box 17, an appropriate reduction of the Management Fee for the period exceeding such period 259 until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties. If 260 the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a), consequential 261 costs of reduction and reinstatement of the Crew shall be for the Owners’ account. If agreement cannot be 262 reached then either party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Sub-clause 22(e). 263 (e)Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers 264 in the course of the performance of the Management Services shall be credited to the Owners. 265 (f) Payment of the Management Fee and Expenses set out under this Clause 12(a) is fully guaranteed by the Guarantor and the Guarantor as the ultimate parent of the Owner acknowledges that the Management Services, the Managers will provide to the Owners, are due consideration for the giving of this guarantee. 13. Budgets and Management of Funds 266 (a)The Managers’ initial budget is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent budgets shall be for twelve 267 month periods and shall be prepared by the Managers and presented to the Owners not less than one three 268 months before the end of the budget year. 269 (b)The Owners shall state to the Managers in a timely manner, but in any event within one month of 270 presentation, whether or not they agree to each proposed annual budget. If the Owners do not respond within one 271 month of presentation, the proposed annual budget shall be deemed to be accepted. The parties shall negotiate in good faith and if they fail to agree on the annual budget, including the management fee, either party may terminate 272 this Agreement in accordance with Sub-clause 22(e). 273 (c)Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their 274 estimate of the working capital requirement for the Vessel and and shall each month request the Owners in writing 275 to pay the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any unbudgeted, 276 contingency and occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers 277 or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the 278 Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank 279 account. 280 (d)The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts in respect of the Management 281 Services in accordance with the relevant International Financial Reporting Standards or such other standard 282 as the parties may agree, including records of all costs and expenditure incurred, and produce a comparison 283 9


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form and at such intervals as 284 shall be mutually agreed. 285 The Managers shall make such accounts available for inspection and auditing by the Owners and/or their 286 representatives in the Managers’ offices or by electronic means, provided reasonable notice is given by the 287 Owners. 288 (e)Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use 289 or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services. 290 COPY WORKING 10


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement SECTION 5—Legal, General and Duration of Agreement 14. Trading Restrictions 291 If the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew 292 Management), the Owners will use reasonable efforts to honour any requirement and trading restriction as per 293 contract of employment of the crew provided same do not violate any laws applicable to the Owner.and the Managers will, prior to the commencement of this Agreement, agree on any trading restrictions to the Vessel that may result from the terms and conditions of the Crew’s employment. 294 15. Replacement 295 If the Managers are providing crew management services in accordance with Sub-clause 5(a) (Crew 296 Management), the Owners may require the replacement, at their own expense, at the next reasonable 297 opportunity, of any member of the Crew found on reasonable grounds to be unsuitable for service. If the 298 Managers have failed to fulfil their obligations in providing suitable qualified Crew within the meaning of Sub- 299 clause 5(a) (Crew Management), then such replacement shall be at the Managers’ expense. 300 16. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract 301 The Managers shall not subcontract any of their obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of 302 the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers 303 shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement. It is understood by and 304 between the Parties, and Owners hereby expressly consent to it, that the Managers may subcontract certain of the services listed in clause 5 to its affiliates Scorpio Crewing Services Pte (“SCS”), Scorpio Marine Management (India) Pvt Ltd (“SMM”) and Zenith Gemi Isletmeciligi Anonim Sirketi (“Zenith”). The Owner hereby expressly authorizes SCS, SMM and Zenith to execute, as agents only for and on behalf of Owners, the employment agreement with each and every seafarer to be embarked on board the Vessel. 17. Responsibilities 305 (a)Force Majeure—Neither party shall be liable for any loss, damage or delay due to any of the following 306 force majeure events and/or conditions to the extent that the party invoking force majeure is prevented or 307 hindered from performing any or all of their obligations under this Agreement, provided they have made all 308 reasonable efforts to avoid, minimize or prevent the effect of such events and/or conditions: 309 (i)acts of God; 310 (ii)any Government requisition, control, intervention, requirement or interference; 311 (iii)any circumstances arising out of war, threatened act of war or warlike operations, acts of terrorism, 312 sabotage or piracy, or the consequences thereof; 313 (iv) riots, civil commotion, blockades or embargoes; 314 (v)epidemics; 315 (vi)earthquakes, landslides, floods or other extraordinary weather conditions; 316 (vii)strikes, lockouts or other industrial action, unless limited to the employees (which shall not include the 317 Crew) of the party seeking to invoke force majeure; 318 (viii) fire, accident, explosion except where caused by negligence of the party seeking to invoke force majeure; 319 and 320 (ix)any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of either party. 321 (b)Liability to Owners 322 (i)Without prejudice to Sub-clause 17(a), the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners 323 for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but 324 not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and 325 howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved 326 to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their 327 employees or agents, or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case 328 (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission 329 11


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, 330 delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents 331 giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten (10) times the annual management fee 332 payable hereunder. 333 (ii)Acts or omissions of the Crew—Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this 334 Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Crew, even if such acts 335 or omissions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to 336 have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under Clause 5(a) (Crew 337 Management), in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 338 17 (Responsibilities). 339 (c)Indemnity—Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be 340 liable under Sub-clause 17(b), the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, 341 agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, 342 demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or 343 suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, and against and in 344 respect of all costs, loss, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity 345 basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance 346 of this Agreement. 347 (d)“Himalaya” —It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every 348 sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be 349 under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or 350 resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in 351 connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this 352 Clause 17 (Responsibilities), every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every 353 right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to 354 which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such 355 employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions 356 of this Clause 17 (Responsibilities) the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee 357 on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time 358 (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be 359 parties to this Agreement. 360 18. General Administration 361 (a)The Managers shall keep the Owners and, if appropriate, the Company informed in a timely manner of 362 any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to delay to the Vessel or 363 claims or disputes involving third parties. 364 (b)The Managers shall handle and settle all claims and disputes arising out of the Management Services 365 hereunder, unless the Owners instruct the Managers otherwise. The Managers shall keep the Owners 366 appropriately informed in a timely manner throughout the handling of such claims and disputes. 367 (c)The Owners may request the Managers to bring or defend other actions, suits or proceedings related 368 to the Management Services, on terms to be agreed. 369 (d)The Managers shall have power to obtain appropriate legal or technical or other outside expert advice in 370 relation to the handling and settlement of claims in relation to Sub-clauses 18(a) and 18(b) and disputes and 371 any other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, unless the Owners instruct 372 the Managers otherwise. 373 (e)On giving reasonable notice, the Owners may request, and the Managers shall in a timely manner make 374 available, all documentation, information and records in respect of the matters covered by this Agreement 375 either related to mandatory rules or regulations or other obligations applying to the Owners in respect of 376 the Vessel (including but not limited to STCW 95, the ISM Code and ISPS Code) to the extent permitted by 377 relevant legislation. 378 On giving reasonable notice, the Owners may request, and the Managers shall in a timely manner make 379 available, all documentation, information and records reasonably required by the Managers to enable them 380 12


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement to perform the Management Services. 381 (f)The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security. 382 (g)Any costs incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to this Clause 18 (General 383 Administration) shall be reimbursed by the Owners. 384 19. Inspection of Vessel 385 The Owners may at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers inspect the Vessel for any reason 386 they consider necessary. 387 20. Compliance with Laws and Regulations 388 The parties will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the 389 laws and regulations of the Flag State, or of the places where the Vessel trades. 390 21. Duration of the Agreement 391 (a)This Agreement shall come into effect at the date stated in Box 2 and shall continue until terminated by 392 either party by giving notice to the other; in which event this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date on which such notice is received, unless terminated earlier in accordance with Clause 22 (Termination). This Agreement shall come into effect at the date stated in Box 2 and shall continue until terminated by either party by giving notice to the other; in which event this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration 393 of the later of the number of months stated in Box 18 or a period of two (2) months from the date on which 394 such notice is received, unless terminated earlier in accordance with Clause 22 (Termination). 395 (b)Where the Vessel is not at a mutually convenient port or place on the expiry of such period, this Agreement 396 shall terminate on the subsequent arrival of the Vessel at the next mutually convenient port or place. 397 22. Termination 398 (a)Owners’ or Managers’ default 399 If either party fails to meet their obligations under this Agreement, the other party may give notice to the 400 party in default requiring them to remedy it. In the event that the party in default fails to remedy it within a 401 reasonable time to the reasonable satisfaction of the other party, that party shall be entitled to terminate this 402 Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the party in default. 403 (b)Notwithstanding Sub-clause 22(a): 404 (i)The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the 405 Owners if any monies payable by the Owners and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of 406 which are listed in Annex “D”, shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within 407 ten days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request, or if the Vessel is repossessed by 408 the Mortgagee(s). 409 (ii)If the Owners proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of 410 contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion 411 of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper, the Managers may give notice of the default to the 412 Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to 413 remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled 414 to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice. 415 (iii)If either party fails to meet their respective obligations under Sub-clause 5(b) (Crew Insurances) and 416 Clause 10 (Insurance Policies), the other party may give notice to the party in default requiring them to 417 remedy it within ten (10) days, failing which the other party may terminate this Agreement with immediate 418 effect by giving notice to the party in default. 419 (c)Extraordinary Termination 420 This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel (“ET1”) or, if the Vessel 421 becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned 422 or has been declared missing or is bareboat chartered for a period of less than three (3) years, when the bareboat 423 charter comes to an end (“ET2”) or, if bareboat chartered, unless otherwise agreed, when the bareboat charter comes to an end (“ET3”) or she is not delivered to the Owners within 100 days of the Effective Date (“ET4”). 424 13


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement (d)For the purpose of Sub-clause 22(c) hereof: 425 (i)the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be 426 the date on which the Vessel’s owners cease to be the registered owners of the Vessel; 427 (ii)the Vessel shall be deemed to be lost either when it has become an actual total loss or agreement has 428 been reached with the Vessel’s underwriters in respect of its constructive total loss or if such agreement 429 with the Vessel’s underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive 430 loss of the Vessel has occurred; and 431 (iii)the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as declared missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel 432 was last reported or when the Vessel is recorded as missing by the Vessel’s underwriters, whichever 433 occurs first. A missing vessel shall be deemed lost in accordance with the provisions of Sub-clause 22(d) 434 (ii). 435 (e)In the event the parties fail to agree the annual budget in accordance with Sub-clause 13(b), or to agree 436 a change of flag in accordance with Sub-clause 9(d)(ii), or to agree to a reduction in the Mangement Fee in 437 accordance with Sub-clause 12(d), either party may terminate this Agreement by giving the other party not 438 less than one month’s notice, the result of which will be the expiry of the Agreement at the end of the current 439 budget period or on expiry of the notice period, whichever is the later. 440 (f)This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed 441 for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of 442 reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or administrator is appointed, or if it suspends payment, 443 ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors. Either party shall 444 have the right to terminate this Agreement forthwith if the other party: has ceased to trade; suspend payment(s); has an order made or resolution passed for its winding up, dissolutiion, liquidation or bankruptcy (otherwise than for the purpose of solvent reconstruction or amalgamation); has a receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or other similar official appointed over all or substantially all of its assets or undertakings; has a secured party take possession of all or substantialy all its assets; has become insolvent or gone into liquidation (unless such liquidation is for the purpose of a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation); makes a general assignement, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; is unable to pay its debts as they become due; causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in the foregoing text; or, takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, aproval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. (g)In the event of the termination of this Agreement for an ET 2 event or for any reason other than default by the 445 Managers and an ET1, ET3 and ET4 event the management fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clause 12 (Management Fee and 446 Expenses), shall continue to be payable for a further period of the number of months stated in Box 19 as 447 from the effective date of termination. If Box 19 is left blank then ninety (90) days shall apply. 448 In the event of this Agreement being terminated for an ET1, ET3 or ET4 event the management fee payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clause 12 (Management Fee and Expenses) shall continue to be payable for a further period of twenty-four (24) months. The amounts payble under this Clause 22(g) shall be accellerated and immediately payable in one lump sum on the effective date of termination. Provided always that in relation to an ET4 event, no termination sum shall fall due hereunder where the Owner is required to pay any Early Termination Fee as the same is described in the Master Agreement. (h)In addition, where the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with Clause 5(a) (Crew 449 Management): 450 (i)the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of the number of 451 months stated in Box 19; and 452 (ii)the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may be incurred, not 453 exceeding the amount stated in Box 20. The Managers shall use their reasonable endeavours to minimise 454 14


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement such Severance Costs. 455 (i)On the termination, for whatever reason, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, 456 if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all accounts and all documents 457 specifically relating to the Vessel and its operation. 458 (j)The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties 459 prior to the date of termination. 460 23. BIMCO Dispute Resolution Clause 461 (a)This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute 462 arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with 463 the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary 464 to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. 465 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) 466 Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. 467 The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its 468 arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint 469 its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole 470 arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 471 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so 472 within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any 473 further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party 474 accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by 475 agreement. 476 Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the 477 appointment of a sole arbitrator. 478 In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum 479 as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims 480 Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. 481 (b)This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code 482 and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement 483 shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the 484 third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of 485 enforcing any award, judgment may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The 486 proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. 487 In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum 488 as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration 489 Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings 490 are commenced. 491 (c)This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually 492 agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred 493 to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there. 494 (d)Notwithstanding Sub-clauses 23(a), 23(b) or 23(c) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to 495 mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. 496 (i)In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced under Sub-clauses 23(a), 497 23(b) or 23(c) above, the following shall apply: 498 (ii)Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to 499 mediation by service on the other party of a written notice (the “Mediation Notice”) calling on the other 500 party to agree to mediation. 501 (iii)The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that 502 15


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement they agree to mediation, in which case the parties shall thereafter agree a mediator within a further 14 503 calendar days, failing which on the application of either party a mediator will be appointed promptly by 504 the Arbitration Tribunal (“the Tribunal”) or such person as the Tribunal may designate for that purpose. 505 The mediation shall be conducted in such place and in accordance with such procedure and on such 506 terms as the parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement, as may be set by the mediator. 507 (iv)If the other party does not agree to mediate, that fact may be brought to the attention of the Tribunal 508 and may be taken into account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between 509 the parties. 510 (v)The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers 511 necessary to protect its interest. 512 (vi)Either party may advise the Tribunal that they have agreed to mediation. The arbitration procedure shall 513 continue during the conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into 514 account when setting the timetable for steps in the arbitration. 515 (vii)Unless otherwise agreed or specified in the mediation terms, each party shall bear its own costs incurred 516 in the mediation and the parties shall share equally the mediator’s costs and expenses. 517 (viii) The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents 518 disclosed during it shall be revealed to the Tribunal except to the extent that they are disclosable under 519 the law and procedure governing the arbitration. 520 (Note: The parties should be aware that the mediation process may not necessarily interrupt time limits.) 521 (e)If Box 21 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, Sub-clause 23(a) of this Clause shall apply. 522 Note: Sub-clauses 23(a), 23(b) and 23(c) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 21. Sub-clause 523 23(d) shall apply in all cases. 524 24. Notices 525 (a)All notices given by either party or their agents to the other party or their agents in accordance with the 526 provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall, unless specifically provided in this Agreement to 527 the contrary, be sent to the address for that other party as set out in Boxes 22 and 23 or as appropriate or 528 to such other address as the other party may designate in writing. 529 A notice may be sent by registered or recorded mail, facsimile, electronically or delivered by hand in accordance 530 with this Sub-clause 24(a). 531 (b)Any notice given under this Agreement shall take effect on receipt by the other party and shall be deemed 532 to have been received: 533 (i)if posted, on the seventh (7th) day after posting; 534 (ii)if sent by facsimile or electronically, on the day of transmission; and 535 (iii)if delivered by hand, on the day of delivery. 536 And in each case proof of posting, handing in or transmission shall be proof that notice has been given, 537 unless proven to the contrary. 538 25. Entire Agreement See Additional Clause 48. 539 Any additional clauses attached hereto together with the Confirmation, any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendices or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral part of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and no promise, undertaking, 540 representation, warranty or statement by either party prior to the date stated in Box 2 shall affect this 541 Agreement. Any modification of this Agreement shall not be of any effect unless in writing signed by or on 542 behalf of the parties. 543 26. Third Party Rights 544 Except to the extent provided in Sub-clauses 17(c) (Indemnity) and 17(d) (Himalaya) and additional clause 43, no 545 16


LOGO

PART II SHIPMAN 2009 Standard ship management agreement third parties may enforce any term of this Agreement. 546 27. Partial Validity 547 If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is held by any arbitrator or other competent body to be 548 illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law or jurisdiction, the provision shall be deemed 549 to be amended to the extent necessary to avoid such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, or, if such 550 amendment is not possible, the provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement to the extent 551 of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and 552 effect and shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 553 28. Interpretation 554 In this Agreement: 555 (a)Singular/Plural 556 The singular includes the plural and vice versa as the context admits or requires. 557 (b)Headings 558 The index and headings to the clauses and appendices to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect 559 its construction or interpretation. 560 (c)Day 561 “Day” means a calendar day unless expressly stated to the contrary. 562 17

Exhibit 10.2

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), effective as of September 27, 2013, is by and between Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and Scorpio Services Holding Company Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (“ SSH ” or the “ Administrator ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company was recently formed in anticipation of one or more equity raises by way of private placement and a subsequent public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Shares ”).

B. In order to provide administrative services to the Company with respect to Vessels it may acquire or charter and its business, the Company desires to engage the Administrator to provide, directly or indirectly, such services to the Company as are set out herein, and the Administrator desires to provide such services to the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises of the Parties herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Certain Definitions . In this Agreement, including the recitals hereto, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Accounting Referee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.3.

Administrator Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.3(a).

Administrator Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.3.

Administrator Misconduct ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section7.1(a).

Administrator’s Personnel ” means all individuals who are employed by or have entered into consulting arrangements with the Administrator or any subcontractor under Section 2.3.

Affiliates ” means, with respect to any Person as at any particular date, any other Persons that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, are Controlled by, Control or are under common Control with the Person in question, and “ Affiliate ” means any one of them.

Applicable Laws ” means, in respect of any Person, property, transaction or event, all laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, municipal by-laws, treaties, judgments and decrees applicable to that Person, property, transaction or event, all applicable official directives, rules, consents, approvals, authorizations, guidelines, orders, codes of practice and policies of any Governmental Authority having authority over that Person, property, transaction or event and having the force of law, and all general principles of common law and equity.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company, as the same may be constituted from time to time.

Books and Records ” means all books of accounts and records, including tax records, sales and purchase records, Vessel records, computer software, formulae, business reports, plans and projections and all other documents, files, correspondence and other information of the Company with respect to the Vessels or the Business (whether or not in written, printed, electronic or computer printout form).


Business ” means the Company’s business of owning, operating and/or chartering or re-chartering Vessels to other Persons and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday on which the banks in New York, New York and Monaco are required to close.

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.4.

Chief Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer of the Company.

Common Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble, and to the extent applicable, references to the Company shall include the Company’s wholly owned Subsidiaries.

Company Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.4(b).

Company Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.3.

Confidential Information ” means all nonpublic or proprietary information or data (including all oral and visual information or data recorded in writing or in any other medium or by any other method) relating to a Disclosing Party that is obtained from the Disclosing Party or any third party on the Disclosing Party’s behalf, at any time before, simultaneously with, or after the execution of this Agreement; and, without prejudice to the general nature of the foregoing definition, the term Confidential Information shall include, but not by way of limitation, (i) information regarding the Disclosing Party’s existing or proposed operations, business plans, market opportunities, and business affairs and (ii) any information ascertainable by inspection of Confidential Information disclosed to the Receiving Party or by the analysis of any materials supplied to the Receiving. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information which (x) is public knowledge at the time of disclosure or which subsequently becomes public knowledge other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement; (y) the Receiving Party can show was made available to it by some other Person who had a right to do so and who was not subject to any obligation of confidentiality or restricted use regarding such information; or (z) was developed by the Receiving Party independently without use of any confidential information provided hereunder or by a third party in breach of its confidentiality obligations.

Control ” or “ Controlled ” means, with respect to any Person, the right to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the directors of such Person or a majority of the Persons who have the right, including any contractual right, to manage and direct the business, affairs and operations of such Person, or the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Costs and Expenses ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.1.

Credit Facility ” means any credit facility agreement to which any Company may be a party from time to time.

Designated Representative ” and “ Designated Representatives ” each have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Section 9.1.

Disclosing Party ” means a Party who has disclosed Confidential Information hereunder to the other Party or on whose behalf Confidential Information has been disclosed to the other Party.

Dispute ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.1.

 

2


Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Existing Ownership Group ” means SSH and all Affiliates thereof.

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter for the Company or, in the case of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013, the portion of such fiscal quarter between the date of this Agreement and the commencement of the next fiscal quarter.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, being the twelve-month period ending December 31.

GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles

Governmental Authority ” means any domestic or foreign government, including any federal, provincial, state, territorial or municipal government, any multinational or supranational organization, any government agency (including the SEC), any tribunal, labor relations board, commission or stock exchange (including the New York Stock Exchange), and any other authority or organization exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.

Initial Term ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.1.

Legal Action ” means any action, claim, complaint, demand, suit, judgment, investigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, by any Person or before any Governmental Authority.

Losses ” means losses, expenses, costs, liabilities and damages, excluding lost profits and consequential damages, but including interest charges, penalties, fines and monetary sanctions.

Mediator’s Report ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.2(c).

Parties ” means the Company and the Administrator.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or trustee, unincorporated organization, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.

President ” means the president of the Company.

Public Offering ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Questioned Items ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4(b).

Receiving Party ” means a Party to whom Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party has been disclosed hereunder.

Renewal Term ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.2.

Purchase Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.1.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Services has the meaning set out in Section 3.1.

Subsidiary(ies) ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination,

 

3


by such Person, by one or more Persons Controlled by such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Person Controlled by such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

Term ” means the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, in each case subject to any early termination of this Agreement as permitted herein.

Vessels ” means the vessels controlled (ie owned and/or chartered in) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Volume Weighted Average Price ” or “ VWAP ” means the ratio of the value traded to total volume traded over a particular time horizon as described in Schedule 1

Voting Securities ” means securities of all classes of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote on a regular basis in the election of members of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.

1.2 Construction. In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

(a) references to laws and regulations refer to such laws and regulations as they may be amended from time to time, and references to particular provisions of a law or regulation include any corresponding provisions of any succeeding law or regulation;

(b) references to money refer to legal currency of the United States;

(c) “including” means “including, without limitation,” whether or not so expressed;

(d) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words importing gender include all genders; and

(e) a reference to an “approval,” “authorization,” “consent,” “notice” or “agreement” means an approval, authorization, consent, notice or agreement, as the case may be, in writing.

1.3 Headings. All article or section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

2. ENGAGEMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR

2.1 Engagement. The Company hereby engages the Administrator to provide, upon the Company’s request, the Services specified herein, and the Administrator hereby accepts such engagement, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company and the Administrator each acknowledge that to the extent set out in this Agreement, the Administrator is acting solely on behalf of, as agent of and for the account of, the Company. The Administrator shall advise Persons with whom it deals on behalf of the Company that it is conducting such business for and on behalf of the Company.

2.2 Powers and Duties of the Administrator. The Administrator shall take such actions on its own behalf or on behalf of the Company as it from time to time considers necessary or appropriate to enable it to perform its obligations under this Agreement, subject to customary oversight and supervision of the Company, its Board of Directors and its executive officers. The Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide the Services hereunder in a commercially reasonable manner and with the care, diligence and skill that a prudent manager would

 

4


possess and exercise, except that the Administrator may allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Administrator, acting reasonably, considers to be fair and reasonable.

2.3 Ability to Subcontract. The Administrator may subcontract any of its duties and obligations hereunder to provide the Services to any of its Affiliates without the consent of the Company and may subcontract its duties and obligations hereunder to provide the Services to Persons that are not Affiliates with the prior written consent of the Company. In the event of any subcontract by the Administrator, the Administrator shall promptly notify the Company thereof and shall remain fully liable for the due performance of its obligations under this Agreement. To the extent the Administrator subcontracts any of the Services hereunder, the Company may directly pay the relevant subcontractor all reasonable direct and indirect fees, costs, reimbursements, and other expenses payable to such subcontractor as the Administrator may direct.

2.4 Outside Activities; Competition. The Company acknowledges that the Administrator and its Affiliates may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company and its Affiliates, for their own respective accounts and for the accounts of other Persons. The Administrator and its Affiliates may undertake activities that compete with the activities of the Company. The Administrator agrees that it will provide the same level of service to the Company or any subsidiary thereof as it would to any other Affiliate.

2.5 Limitation on Administrator’s Acquisition of Certain Vessels. Recognizing the Company’s intentions to acquire Vessels meeting certain specific characteristics, the Administrator, on its own behalf and for that of its Subsidiaries, hereby agrees that, for the duration of this Agreement, neither it nor its Subsidiaries shall directly own dry bulk carriers of greater than 30,000 deadweight tons.

2.6 Authority of the Parties. Each Party represents to the other that it is duly authorized with full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company represents that the engagement of the Administrator has been duly authorized by the Company and is in accordance with all governing documents of the Company.

2.7 Inspection of Books and Records. At all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, any Person authorized by the Company may inspect, examine, copy and audit the Books and Records of the Company kept by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement.

3. ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

The Administrator shall provide to the Company the services described in this Section 3 (collectively, the “ Services ”).

3.1 Accounting and Records. The Administrator shall, on behalf of the Company, establish an accounting system, including the development, implementation, maintenance and monitoring of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, and maintain Books and Records, with such modifications as may be necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. The Books and Records shall contain particulars of receipts and disbursements relating to the Company’s assets and liabilities and shall be kept pursuant to normal commercial practices that will permit financial statements to be prepared for the Company in accordance with US GAAP. The Books and Records shall be the property of the Company but shall be kept at the Administrator’s primary office or such other place as the Company and the Administrator may mutually agree. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all of the Books and Records shall be provided to the Company or as the Company shall direct.

3.2 Reporting Requirements. The Administrator shall prepare and deliver to the President and the Chief Financial Officer the following reports, which the Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and deliver within the time periods specified below or, if not so specified, within the time period requested by the relevant party:

(a) a quarterly report to be delivered within 45 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter setting out the interim financial results of the Company for such quarter and for the applicable Fiscal Year through the end of such Fiscal Quarter;

 

5


(b) as and when requested by the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, draft reports regarding financial and other information required in connection with Applicable Laws (including annual and other reports that may be required to be filed under the Exchange Act and all other Applicable Laws); and

(c) as and when reasonably requested by the Company from time to time, such other reports with respect to financial and other information of the Company.

3.3 Financial Statements and Tax Returns. At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Administrator shall prepare and deliver for review by the Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors the following, which the Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and deliver within the time periods specified below or, if not so specified, within the time period requested by the relevant party:

(a) within 45 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, unaudited financial statements of the Company for such Fiscal Quarter, to be reviewed by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with US GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Company;

(b) within 60 days of the end of each Fiscal Year, financial statements of the Company for such Fiscal Year, to be audited by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with US GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Company; and

(c) tax returns for the Company and all of its Subsidiaries required to be filed by Applicable Laws.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company’s reporting obligations are accelerated under the Exchange Act beyond what such obligations are at the time of the Public Offering, the Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to the Company the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above within such periods as shall be required for the Company to comply with any reporting requirements under the Exchange Act or other similar applicable laws and regulations.

In addition, the Administrator shall attend to the time calculation and payment of all taxes payable by the Company. At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Administrator shall cause the Company’s external accountants to review the Company’s unaudited financial statements, audit the Company’s annual financial statements and finalize tax returns. The Administrator shall make available to the Company’s accountants the relevant Books and Records for the Company and shall assist the accountants in their duties.

3.4 Legal and Securities Compliance Services.

(a) Responsibilities of the Administrator.

The Administrator shall assist the Company with the following items, whether or not related to any of the Vessels:

(i) compliance with all Applicable Laws, including all relevant securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange upon which the Company’s securities are listed;

(ii) arranging for the provision of advisory services to the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations under applicable securities laws in the United States and disclosure and reporting obligations under applicable securities laws, including the preparation for review, approval and filing by the Company of reports and other documents with the SEC and all other applicable regulatory authorities;

(iii) maintaining the Company’s corporate existence and good standing in all necessary jurisdictions and assisting in all other corporate and regulatory compliance matters;

(iv) conducting investor relations functions on behalf of the Company; and

 

6


(v) adjusting and negotiating settlements, with or on behalf of claimants or underwriters, of any claim, damages for which are recoverable under insurance policies (subject to any applicable deductible).

(b) Administration and Settlement of Legal Actions.

If any Legal Action is commenced against or is required to be commenced in favor of the Company or any of the Vessels, the Administrator shall arrange for the commencement or defense of such Legal Action, as the case may be, in the name of, on behalf of and at the expense of the Company, including retaining and instructing legal counsel, investigating the substance of the Legal Action and entering pleadings with respect to the Legal Action. The Administrator shall assist the Company in administering and supervising any such Legal Actions and shall keep the Company advised of the status thereof. The Administrator may settle any Legal Action on behalf of a Company where the amount of settlement is less than $500,000 with the approval of the President or the Chief Financial Officer and, in excess of such amount, with the approval of the Board of Directors.

(c) Interaction with Regulatory Authorities.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 or otherwise, the Administrator shall not act for or on behalf of the Company in its relationships with any regulatory authorities except to the extent specifically authorized by the Company from time to time.

3.5 Bank Accounts.

The Administrator shall oversee banking services for the Company and shall establish in the name of the Company an operating account, a retention account and such other accounts with such financial institutions as the Company may request. The Administrator shall administer and manage all of the Company’s cash and accounts, including making any deposits and withdrawals reasonably necessary for the management of its business and day-to-day operations. The Administrator shall promptly deposit all moneys payable to the Company and received by the Administrator into a bank account held in the name of the Company.

3.6 Other Services.

The Administrator shall assist the Company to:

(a) identify, negotiate and secure opportunities for the Company to acquire Vessels or companies which own Vessels, or to construct Vessels, and to negotiate and carry out the purchase of existing Vessels, newbuilding Vessels or companies which are the registered owners of Vessels.

(b) obtain, on behalf of the Company, general insurance, director and officer liability insurance and other insurance of the Company not related to the Vessels that would normally be obtained for a company in a similar business to that of the Company;

(c) if so required by the Company administer payroll services, benefits and directors fees, for the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel and any other non-United States resident employee, officer or director of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(d) provide the Company with information technology support;

(e) provide office space and office equipment for personnel of the Company at the location of the Administrator or any subsidiary thereof or as otherwise reasonably designated by the Company, and clerical, secretarial, accounting and administrative assistance as may be reasonably necessary;

(f) at the request and under the direction of the Company, handle all administrative and clerical matters in respect of (i) the call and arrangement of all annual and special meetings of shareholders, (ii) the preparation of all materials (including notices of meetings and proxy or similar materials) in respect thereof and (iii) the submission of all such materials to the Company in sufficient time prior to the dates upon which they must be mailed, filed or otherwise relied upon so that the Company has full opportunity to review, approve, execute and return them to the Administrator for filing or mailing or other disposition as the Company may require or direct;

 

7


(g) provide, at the request and under the direction of the Company, such communications to the transfer agent for the Company as may be necessary or desirable;

(h) make recommendations to the Company for the appointment of auditors, accountants, legal counsel and other accounting, financial or legal advisers, and technical, commercial, marketing or other independent experts; provided, however, that nothing herein shall permit the Administrator to engage any such adviser or expert for the Company without the Company’s specific approval; and

(i) attend to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of the Company’s business or as reasonably requested by the Company from time to time.

4. EMPLOYEES AND ADMINISTRATOR’S PERSONNEL

4.1 Administrator’s Personnel . The Administrator shall provide the Services hereunder through the Administrator’s Personnel. The Administrator shall be responsible for all aspects of the employment or other relationship of the Administrator’s Personnel as required in order for the Administrator to perform its obligations hereunder, including recruitment, training, staffing levels, compensation and benefits, supervision, discipline and discharge, and other terms and conditions of employment or contract. However, the Administrator shall remain directly responsible and liable to the Company to carry out all of its obligations under this Agreement, whether performed directly or subcontracted to another Person.

5. COVENANTS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Administrator hereby agrees and covenants with the Company that, during the Term, the Administrator shall:

(a) obtain and maintain for its benefit professional indemnity insurance and other insurance as is reasonable having regard to the nature and extent of the Administrator’s obligations under this Agreement;

(b) exercise all due care, skill and diligence in carrying out its duties under this Agreement as required by Applicable Laws;

(c) provide the chairman, President, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Board of Directors with all information in relation to the performance of the Administrator’s obligations under this Agreement as the President, the Chief Financial Officer, or the Board of Directors may reasonably request;

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to have all material property of the Company clearly identified as such, held separately from property of the Administrator and, where applicable, in safe custody;

(e) use its reasonable best efforts to have all property of the Company (other than money to be deposited to any bank account of the Company) transferred to or otherwise held in the name of the Company or any nominee or custodian appointed by the Company;

(f) use its reasonable best efforts to retain at all times a qualified staff so as to maintain a level of expertise sufficient to provide the Services; and

(g) use its reasonable best efforts to keep full and proper books, records and accounts showing clearly all transactions relating to its provision of the Services in accordance with established general commercial practices and in accordance with GAAP, and allow the Company and its representatives to audit and examine such books, records and accounts at any time during customary business hours.

 

8


6. ADMINISTRATOR’S COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT

6.1 Fees for the Services; Reimbursement. In consideration for the provision of the Services by the Administrator to the Company, the Company shall pay the Administrator the amounts set forth on Schedule A hereto in accordance with Section 6.2 ( “Purchase Fee” ). In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Administrator for (a) all of the reasonable direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator and its Affiliates in providing the Services and (b) the pro rata portion of the salary and other costs incurred by the Administrator in employing and compensating an internal auditor who will be made available to the Company on a part time basis (the “ Costs and Expenses ”).

6.2 Invoicing. The Administrator shall, in good faith, determine the expenses related to the Services that are allocable to the Company and its Affiliates in any reasonable manner determined by the Administrator and shall provide to the Company on a quarterly basis an invoice for the Costs and Expenses to be paid under Section 6.1, which invoice shall contain a description in reasonable detail of the Costs and Expenses that comprise the aggregate amount of the payment being invoiced. The Administrator shall maintain the records of all Costs and Expenses incurred, including any invoices, receipts and supplementary materials as are necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the Parties. The Company shall pay such invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt, unless the invoice is being disputed in accordance with this Agreement.

6.3 Dispute of Invoice. If the Company, in good faith, disputes the amount of an invoice, the Company shall give written notice of such dispute (including the particulars of such dispute) to the Administrator on or before the due date with respect to all or any portion of such invoice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrator shall furnish the Company with additional supporting documentation to reasonably substantiate the amount of the invoice or the Purchase Fee calculation, as applicable. Upon delivery of such additional documentation, the Company and the Administrator shall cooperate in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute. If they are unable to resolve the dispute within (i) ten (10) Business Days of the delivery of such additional supporting information (in the case of an invoice) or (ii) five (5) days of such delivery (in the case of the Purchase Fee calculation), the dispute shall be referred for resolution to a firm of independent accountants of nationally recognized standing in the United States reasonably satisfactory to each of the Administrator and the Company (the “ Accounting Referee ”), which shall determine the disputed amounts within thirty (30) days of the referral of such invoice dispute to such Accounting Referee, or within ten (10) days of the referral of such Purchase Fee calculation dispute. The determination of the Accounting Referee shall not require the Company to pay more than the amount in dispute nor require the Administrator to return any amount previously paid by the Company. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Referee shall be borne equally by the Company and the Administrator. If any invoice dispute is resolved in favor of the Administrator, the Company shall make payment to the Administrator within ten (10) days of resolution of the dispute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be entitled to withhold any amounts other than those portions of the applicable payment that are in dispute.

6.4 Direction to Pay. By written notice to the Company, the Administrator may direct the Company to pay any amounts owing under this Agreement directly to an Affiliate of the Administrator pursuant to a subcontracting arrangement relating to this Agreement.

7. LIABILITY OF THE ADMINISTRATOR; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Liability of the Administrator. The Administrator shall not be liable to the Company for any Losses arising from the Services unless and to the extent that such Loss resulted from:

(a) the fraud, gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the Administrator or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective employees, agents or subcontractors (“ Administrator Misconduct ”); or

(b) any breach of this Agreement by the Administrator of any of its Affiliates.

7.2 Administrator Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Administrator and its directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and Affiliates (the “ Administrator Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Administrator Indemnified Persons by reason of or arising from or in connection with their performance of this Agreement or any third-party Legal Action brought or threatened against such Administrator Indemnified Persons in connection with their performance of this Agreement, other than for any Losses to the extent related to or that resulted from:

(a) any liabilities or obligations that the Administrator has agreed to pay or for which the Administrator is otherwise expressly responsible under this Agreement;

 

9


(b) Administrator Misconduct; or

(c) any breach of this Agreement by the Administrator or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or its Affiliates).

7.3 Company Indemnification . The Administrator shall indemnify and save harmless each Company and such Company’s directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and Affiliates (the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Company Indemnified Persons, to the extent related to or that resulted from:

(a) any liabilities or obligations that the Administrator has agreed to pay or for which the Administrator is otherwise expressly responsible under this Agreement;

(b) Administrator Misconduct; or

(c) any breach of this Agreement by the Administrator or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or its Affiliates).

8. TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Term . This Agreement shall commence on September 27, 2013 and remain valid and in force, unless terminated earlier pursuant to its terms (the “ Term ”).

8.2 Termination by the Company . This Agreement may be terminated by the Company:

(a) with a two years prior written notice to the Administrator;

(b) if, at any time, the Administrator materially breaches this Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 9 (“ Administrator Breach ”);

(c) if, at any time;

(i) the Administrator has been convicted of, has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, or has entered into a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, a crime, which conviction, plea bargain or settlement is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; and

(ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares elect to terminate this Agreement;

(d) if the Administrator commits fraud or is grossly negligent in the performance of its obligations hereunder, or commits an act of willful misconduct, and the Company is materially injured thereby in any such case;

(e) if, at any time, the Administrator becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction; or

(f) if any Person or group of Persons acquires Control or economic control of the Administrator in contravention of Section 10.2.

8.4 Termination by the Administrator . This Agreement may be terminated by the Administrator:

(a) after the third anniversary of the Public Offering, with twelve (12) months’ prior notice by the Administrator to the Company;

 

10


(b) if, at any time, the Company materially breaches the Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 9 (“ Company Breach ”); or

(c) at any time upon the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change of Control of the Company or (ii) the Administrator’s receipt of written notice from the Company that such a Change of Control will occur within 120 days. If the Company has knowledge that a Change of Control of the Company will occur, the Company shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Administrator. A “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(A) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except such a disposition to the Existing Ownership Group;

(B) an order made for, or the adoption by the Board of Directors of a plan of, liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(C) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the Company’s Voting Securities (unless such “person” is a member of the Existing Ownership Group), measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(D) if, at any time, the Company becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or makes a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;

(E) the consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company with or into, any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group), or the consolidation of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with, or the merger of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or receive a payment of cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Company’s Voting Securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving or transferee “person” constituting a majority (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) of the outstanding Voting Securities of such surviving or transferee “person” immediately after giving effect to such issuance; or

(F) a change in directors after which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not directors who were either nominated by, appointed by or otherwise elected with the approval of current board members at the time of such election.

9. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

9.1 Notice of Dispute. If (a) a dispute or disagreement arises between the Parties with respect to any provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6.3), including its interpretation or the performance of a Party under this Agreement or (b) (i) the Company in good faith believes that an Administrator Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur or (ii) the Administrator in good faith believes that a Company Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur (each of the foregoing being a “ Dispute ”), either Party may, or the Party alleging such breach or potential breach shall, deliver written notice to the other Party. Such notice shall contain in detail the specific facts and circumstances relating to the Dispute. With respect to any Dispute described in clause (a) or (b) above, each Party shall designate an individual to negotiate and resolve the Dispute (each a “ Designated

 

11


Representative ” and, together, the “ Designated Representatives ”). The Designated Representatives shall in good faith attempt to resolve the matter within a thirty (30) day period from the date of delivery of the notice referred to above. If either Designated Representative intends to be accompanied by counsel at any meeting, such Designated Representative shall give the other Designated Representative at least three (3) Business Days’ notice. All discussions and negotiations pursuant to this Section 9 shall be confidential and without prejudice to settlement negotiations.

9.2 Mediation. If a Dispute described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 9.1 is not resolved by the Designated Representatives during after the thirty (30) days provided in Section 9.1, either of the Parties may refer the matter to mediation. With respect to the mediation of any Dispute, the mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, and such mediator will be instructed to:

(a) review the terms of the Dispute and the position of the Parties;

(b) consider the terms of and context of this Agreement; and

(c) render a non-binding report within sixty (60) days of the appointment of the mediator (the “ Mediator’s Report ”) or such later date as to which the Parties may agree.

The Parties shall consider the Mediator’s Report and may mutually decide to make it a binding report. If the mediator is not able to facilitate a binding agreement between the Parties, the Dispute is not resolved to the satisfaction of the Parties as a result of the Mediator’s Report or a mediator cannot be chosen mutually by the Parties, the Dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to Section 9.3.

9.3 Arbitration. Any Dispute not resolved by the Parties pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.2 shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 9.3. Either Party may refer the Dispute to arbitration, which shall take place in London, England in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association rules before a single arbitrator. The prevailing Party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

10. GENERAL

10.1 Assignment; Binding Effect. The Parties may not assign any of their respective rights under this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of such other Party. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

10.2 Change of Control of the Administrator. If any Person or group of Persons acting in concert (other than Affiliates of Liberty) proposes to acquire Control of the Administrator, directly or indirectly, the Administrator shall provide at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of the change of Control to the Company, which notice shall identify the Person that will acquire, directly or indirectly, Control of the Administrator.

10.3 Confidentiality. (a) Each Receiving Party agrees:

(i) to use any Confidential Information solely to carry out its obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement (the “ Purpose ”) and for no other purpose;

(ii) to copy and make other works based on Confidential Information only as strictly necessary for the Purpose;

(iii) to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information using at least the same degree of care that the Receiving Party uses for its own confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature, but no less than reasonable care;

 

12


(iv) to reveal any Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party, except that if the Receiving Party is required by law, court or administrative order or regulation to reveal any Confidential Information, the Receiving Party is permitted to do so provided that the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party reasonable prior written notice (if permitted) of the required disclosure and cooperate with the Disclosing Party at its expense in seeking a protective order or other relief;

(v) to limit disclosure of the Confidential Information to such of your officers and employees as is necessary for the Purpose;

(vi) to inform each officer and employee who receives any Confidential Information of the restrictions as to use and disclosure of Confidential Information contained herein and to be responsible for any breach of such restrictions by any such persons;

(vii) Forthwith upon the Disclosing Party’s request, to procure the return of all Confidential Information together with any copies, abstracts, or other works which contain or are based on any of the Confidential Information; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiving Party shall be permitted to retain Confidential Information to the extent it is required to retain such Confidential Information pursuant to law, court or administrative order or regulation;

(b) Each Receiving Party further acknowledges that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement would result in serious damage being sustained by the Disclosing Party, and as a result hereby unconditionally agrees:

(i) To be responsible for losses, damages or expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses) that have been determined to have been caused by any such breach; and

(ii) That the Disclosing Party shall be entitled to equitable relief (including without limitation injunctive relief) in relation to any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this Agreement without any requirement of posting a bond and without limiting any other remedy that may be available to the Disclosing Party.

10.4 Notices. Each notice, consent or request required to be given to a Party pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing. A notice may be given by delivery to an individual or by fax, and shall be validly given if delivered on a Business Day to an individual at the following address, or, if transmitted on a Business Day, by fax or email addressed to the following Party:

 

(a)    if to the Company:    (b)    if to the Administrator:
  

Address:

 

Le Millenium 9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

     

Address:

 

c/o Scorpio Ship Management SAM

Le Millenium 9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

  

Attention:

 

Emanuele A. Lauro

     

Attention:

 

Filippo Lauro

  

Chairman and CEO

Fax No.:+37797778346

Email: lauro@scorpio.mc

     

Director

Fax No.: +37797778346

Email: FAL@scorpio.mc

 

 

13


Copied to:

 

Copied to:

Luca Forgione

 

Luca Forgione

General Counsel

 

General Counsel

Fax No.: +37797778346

 

Fax No.: +37797778346

Email: lforgione@scorpiogroup.net

 

Email: lforgione@scorpiogroup.net

or to any other address or fax number that the Party so designates by notice given in accordance with this Section. Any notice

(a) if validly delivered on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given when delivered; and

(b) if validly transmitted by fax on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given on that Business Day.

10.5 Third Party Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder, employee, agent of any Party or any other Person shall have the right to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

10.6 No Partnership . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between the Parties, and this Agreement shall not be deemed for any purpose to constitute any Party a partner of any other Party to this Agreement in the conduct of any business or otherwise or as a member of a joint venture or joint enterprise with any other Party to this Agreement.

10.7 Severability . Each provision of this Agreement is several. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect:

(a) the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement; or

(b) the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction;

except that if:

(x) on the reasonable construction of this Agreement as a whole, the applicability of the other provision presumes the validity and enforceability of the particular provision, the other provision will be deemed also to be invalid or unenforceable; and

(y) as a result of the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any part of this Agreement is unenforceable or invalid and, as a result of this Section 10.8, the basic intentions of the Parties in this Agreement are entirely frustrated, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to amend, supplement or otherwise vary this Agreement to confirm their mutual intention in entering into this Agreement.

10.8 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

10.9 Amendments . No amendment, supplement, modification or restatement of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in writing and signed by each Person that is a Party to this Agreement at the time of the amendment, supplement, modification or restatement.

10.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

 

14


10.11 Waiver. No failure by any Party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition. Any waiver must be specifically stated as such in writing.

10.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the Parties.

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

15


SCORPIO BULKERS INC.     SCORPIO SERVICES HOLDING COMPANY LTD.
By:  

/s/ Luca Forgione

    By:  

/s/ Filippo Lauro

Name:   Luca Forgione     Name:   Filippo Lauro
Title:   General Counsel     Title:   Director

 

16


SCHEDULE A

PURCHASE FEE

For the provision of Services directly involving the purchase of Vessels or companies which own Vessels, or the ordering or acquisition of Vessels to be constructed and/ or delivered from shipyards, as specified in Section 3.6(a), the Company shall pay the Administrator a fee equal to (i) 31,250 common shares for each of the first 17 Vessels acquired, and (ii) for all subsequent Vessels acquired, purchased or ordered the nearest whole number of common shares of the Company derived by dividing 250,000 by the Volume Weighted Average Price of the Company’s common shares in the 30-day immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to purchase or order. The Purchase Fee shall be payable upon delivery of the Vessel(s) provided that if the Vessel is not delivered to the Company for any reason whatsoever other than (a) the insolvency of the yard where the Vessel is being built (provided that the insolvency prevents and not merely delays the construction and delivery of the Vessel); and (b) the total loss of the Vessel (actual , constructive or compromised) whilst under construction at the yard, the Purchase Fee shall remain due and be payable to the Administrator as if the Vessel had been delivered to the Company.

 

17

Exhibit 10.3

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I.

General

 

1.1. Purpose

The Scorpio Bulkers Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to provide certain Key Persons (as defined below), whose initiative and efforts are deemed to be important to the successful conduct of the business of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”), with incentives to (a) enter into and remain in the service of the Company or its Affiliates (as defined below), (b) acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, (c) maximize their performance and (d) enhance the long-term performance of the Company.

 

1.2. Administration

(a) Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or such other committee of the Board as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan (the “Administrator”); provided that (i) in the event the Company is subject to Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), the Administrator shall be composed of two or more directors, each of whom is a “Non-Employee Director” (a “Non-Employee Director”) under Rule 16b-3 (as promulgated and interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the 1934 Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time (“Rule 16b-3”)), and (ii) the Administrator shall be composed solely of two or more directors who are “independent directors” under the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock (as defined below) is traded; provided further , however , that, (A) the requirement in the preceding clause (i) shall apply only when required to exempt an Award (as defined below) intended to qualify for an exemption under the applicable provisions referenced therein, (B) the requirement in the preceding clause (ii) shall apply only when required pursuant to the applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange and (C) if at any time the Administrator is not so composed as required by the preceding provisions of this sentence, that fact will not invalidate any grant made, or action taken, by the Administrator hereunder that otherwise satisfies the terms of the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan, applicable law and the applicable rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Administrator by the Plan, the Administrator shall have the full power and authority to: (1) designate the Key Persons to receive Awards under the Plan; (2) determine the types of Awards granted to a participant under the Plan; (3) determine the number of shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated with respect to, Awards; (4) determine the terms and conditions of any Awards; (5) determine whether, and to what extent, and under what circumstances, Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or cancelled, forfeited or suspended, and the methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, cancelled, forfeited or suspended; (6) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, shares, other securities, other Awards, other property and


other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred, either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or the Administrator; (7) construe, interpret and implement the Plan and any Award Agreement (as defined below); (8) prescribe, amend, rescind or waive rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules governing its operation, and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (9) correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement; and (10) make any other determination and take any other action that the Administrator deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Administrator, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons (as defined below).

(b) General Right of Delegation . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the applicable rules of a stock exchange or any charter, by-laws or other agreement governing the Administrator, the Administrator may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities to any Person or Persons selected by it; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (i) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, to the extent applicable, or (ii) officers of the Company to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder or directors of the Company; provided , further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3, to the extent applicable) and the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Administrator specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Administrator may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 1.2(b) shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Administrator.

(c) Indemnification . No member of the Board, the Administrator or any officer or employee of the Company or an Affiliate or any of their agents (each such Person, a “Covered Person”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder. Each Covered Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement and (ii) any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person; provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right

 

2


of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as amended and/or restated). The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under the Company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws (in each case, as amended and/or restated), as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Persons or hold them harmless.

(d) Delegation of Authority to Senior Officers . The Administrator may, in accordance with and subject to the terms of Section 1.2(b), delegate, on such terms and conditions as it determines, to one or more senior officers of the Company the authority to make grants of Awards to Key Persons (as defined below) (including any such prospective employee)

(e) Awards to Non-Employee Directors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards to Non-Employee Directors or administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority and responsibility granted to the Administrator herein with respect to such Awards.

 

1.3. Persons Eligible for Awards

The Persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan are those directors, officers and employees (including any prospective officer or employee) of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and consultants and service providers (including individuals who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself such a consultant or service provider) to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, “Key Persons”) as the Administrator shall select.

 

1.4. Types of Awards

Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of (a) stock options, (b) stock appreciation rights, (c) restricted stock, (d) restricted stock units, (e) dividend equivalents, (f) unrestricted stock and (g) other equity-based or equity-related Awards, all as more fully set forth in the Plan. The term “Award” means any of the foregoing that are granted under the Plan.

 

1.5. Shares Available for Awards; Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization

(a) Maximum Number . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 1.5(c), the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 (“Common Stock”), with respect to which Awards may at any time be granted under the Plan shall be 4,862,021 (four million eight hundred sixty two thousand and twenty one). The following shares of Common Stock shall again become available for Awards under the Plan: (i) any shares that are subject to an Award under the Plan and that remain unissued upon the cancellation or termination of such Award for any reason whatsoever; (ii) any shares of restricted stock forfeited pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; provided that any dividend equivalent rights with respect to such shares that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee are also forfeited; and (iii) any shares in respect of which an Award is settled for cash without the delivery of shares to the grantee. Any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again become available to be delivered pursuant to Awards under the Plan.

 

3


(b) Source of Shares . Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued Common Stock or treasury shares. The Administrator may direct that any stock certificate evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as may apply to such shares.

(c) Adjustments . (i) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Company shares, other securities or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, repurchase or exchange of Company shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Company shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, other than an Equity Restructuring (as defined below), affects the Company shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award, then the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of the number of shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.

(ii) The Administrator is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including the events described in Section 1.5(c)(i) or the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below), other than an Equity Restructuring) affecting the Company any Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange, accounting principles or law, whenever the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award, including providing for (A) adjustment to (1) the number of shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate and (2) the Exercise Price (as defined below) with respect to any Award and (B) a substitution or assumption of Awards, accelerating the exercisability or vesting of, or lapse of restrictions on, Awards, or accelerating the termination of Awards by providing for a period of time for exercise prior to the occurrence of such event, or, if deemed appropriate or desirable, providing for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in consideration for the cancellation of such Award (it being understood that, in such event, any option or stock appreciation right having a per share Exercise Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of a share subject to such option or stock appreciation right may be cancelled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); provided , however , that with respect to options and stock appreciation rights, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 424(h) of the Code (as defined below).

 

4


(iii) In the event of (A) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (B) a sale of all or substantially all the Company’s assets or (C) a merger, reorganization or consolidation involving the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, the Administrator shall have the power to:

(1) provide that outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (including any related dividend equivalent right) and/or other Awards granted under the Plan shall either continue in effect, be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted therefor by the successor corporation or a parent corporation or subsidiary corporation;

(2) cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (including each dividend equivalent right related thereto) and/or other Awards granted under the Plan outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the holder of such Award a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Administrator) of the shares subject to such Award (or the value of such Award, as determined by the Administrator, if not based on the Fair Market Value of shares) over the aggregate Exercise Price of such Award (or the grant price of such Award, if any, if applicable)(it being understood that, in such event, any option or stock appreciation right having a per share Exercise Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share subject to such option or stock appreciation right may be cancelled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); or

(3) notify the holder of an option or stock appreciation right in writing or electronically that each option and stock appreciation right shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of 30 days from the date of such notice, or such shorter period as the Administrator may determine to be reasonable, and the option or stock appreciation right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period (which period shall expire no later than immediately prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction).

(iv) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.5(c):

(A) The number and type of securities or other property subject to each outstanding Award and the Exercise Price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and

(B) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustment of the limitation set forth in Section 1.5(a)). The adjustments provided under this Section 1.5(c)(iv) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected participant and the Company.

 

1.6. Definitions of Certain Terms

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Administrator.

 

5


(b) Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, in connection with a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship or a dismissal from Board membership, for purposes of the Plan, the term “for Cause” shall be defined as follows:

(i) if there is an employment, severance, consulting, service, change in control or other agreement governing the relationship between the grantee, on the one hand, and the Company or an Affiliate, on the other hand, that contains a definition of “cause” (or similar phrase), for purposes of the Plan, the term “for Cause” shall mean those acts or omissions that would constitute “cause” under such agreement; or

(ii) if the preceding clause (i) is not applicable to the grantee, for purposes of the Plan, the term “for Cause” shall mean any of the following:

(A) any failure by the grantee substantially to perform the grantee’s employment or consulting/service or Board membership duties;

(B) any excessive unauthorized absenteeism by the grantee;

(C) any refusal by the grantee to obey the lawful orders of the Board or any other Person to whom the grantee reports;

(D) any act or omission by the grantee that is or may be injurious to the Company or any Affiliate, whether monetarily, reputationally or otherwise;

(E) any act by the grantee that is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company or any Affiliate;

(F) the grantee’s gross negligence that is injurious to the Company or any Affiliate, whether monetarily, reputationally or otherwise;

(G) the grantee’s material violation of any of the policies of the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, including, without limitation, those policies relating to discrimination or sexual harassment;

(H) the grantee’s material breach of his or her employment or service contract with the Company or any Affiliate;

(I) the grantee’s unauthorized (1) removal from the premises of the Company or any Affiliate of any document (in any medium or form) relating to the Company or any Affiliate or the customers or clients of the Company or any Affiliate or (2) disclosure to any Person of any of the Company’s, or any Affiliate’s, confidential or proprietary information;

(J) the grantee’s being convicted of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime that constitutes a felony or involves moral turpitude; and

(K) the grantee’s commission of any act involving dishonesty or fraud.

 

6


Any rights the Company or any Affiliate may have under the Plan in respect of the events giving rise to a termination or dismissal “for Cause” shall be in addition to any other rights the Company or any Affiliate may have under any other agreement with a grantee or at law or in equity. Any determination of whether a grantee’s employment or consultancy/service relationship is (or is deemed to have been) terminated “for Cause” shall be made by the Administrator. If, subsequent to a grantee’s voluntary termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship or involuntary termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship without Cause, it is discovered that the grantee’s employment or consultancy/service relationship could have been terminated “for Cause”, the Administrator may deem such grantee’s employment or consultancy/service relationship to have been terminated “for Cause” upon such discovery and determination by the Administrator.

(c) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the grantee’s being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or the grantee’s, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the grantee’s employer. The existence of a Disability shall be determined by the Administrator.

(e) “Equity Restructuring” shall mean a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price thereof and causes a change in the per share value of the shares underlying outstanding Awards.

(f) “Exercise Price” shall mean (i) in the case of options, the price specified in the applicable Award Agreement as the price-per-share at which such share can be purchased pursuant to the option or (ii) in the case of stock appreciation rights, the price specified in the applicable Award Agreement as the reference price-per-share used to calculate the amount payable to the grantee.

(g) The “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange, or such other primary stock exchange upon which such shares are then listed, as reported for such day in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not reported in The Wall Street Journal, such other reliable source as the Administrator may determine), or, if no such price is reported for such day, the average of the high bid and low asked price of Common Stock as reported for such day. If no quotation is made for the applicable day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on such day shall be determined in the manner set forth in the preceding sentence for the next preceding trading day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is no reported closing price or high bid/low asked price that satisfies the preceding sentences, or if otherwise deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be determined by such methods and procedures as shall be established from time to time by the

 

7


Administrator. The “Fair Market Value” of any property other than Common Stock shall be the fair market value of such property determined by such methods and procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Administrator.

(h) “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental body or other entity of any kind.

(i) “Repricing” shall mean (i) lowering the Exercise Price of an option or a stock appreciation right after it has been granted, (ii) the cancellation of an option or a stock appreciation right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Exercise Price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares subject to the Award and (iii) any other action with respect to an option or a stock appreciation right that is treated as a repricing under (A) generally accepted accounting principles or (B) any applicable stock exchange rules.

(j) “Subsidiary” shall mean any entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, has a 50% or more equity interest.

ARTICLE II.

Awards Under The Plan

 

2.1. Agreements Evidencing Awards

Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written certificate (“Award Agreement”), which shall contain such provisions as the Administrator may deem necessary or desirable and which may, but need not, require execution or acknowledgment by a grantee. The Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

2.2. Grant of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) Stock Option Grants . The Administrator may grant stock options (“options”) to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. No option will be treated as an “incentive stock option” for purposes of the Code. It shall be the intent of the Administrator to not grant an Award in the form of stock options to any Key Person who is then subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to such Award if the Common Stock underlying such Award does not then qualify as “service recipient stock” for purposes of Section 409A. Furthermore, it shall be the intent of the Administrator, in granting options to Key Persons who are subject to Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, to structure such options so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, as applicable.

(b) Stock Appreciation Right Grants; Types of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may grant stock appreciation rights to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. The terms of a stock appreciation right may provide that it shall be automatically exercised for a payment upon the

 

8


happening of a specified event that is outside the control of the grantee and that it shall not be otherwise exercisable. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with all or any part of, or independently of, any option granted under the Plan. It shall be the intent of the Administrator to not grant an Award in the form of stock appreciation rights to any Key Person (i) who is then subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to such Award if the Common Stock underlying such Award does not then qualify as “service recipient stock” for purposes of Section 409A or (ii) if such Award would create adverse tax consequences for such Key Person under Section 457A of the Code. Furthermore, it shall be the intent of the Administrator, in granting stock appreciation rights to Key Persons who are subject to Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, to structure such stock appreciation rights so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and/or 457 of the Code, to the extent applicable.

(c) Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights . The grantee of a stock appreciation right shall have the right, subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, to receive from the Company an amount equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over the Exercise Price of the stock appreciation right, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. Each Award Agreement with respect to a stock appreciation right shall set forth the Exercise Price of such Award and, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement, the Exercise Price of a stock appreciation right shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant; provided that in no event may such Exercise Price be less than the greater of (A) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant and (B) the par value of a share of Common Stock. Payment upon exercise of a stock appreciation right shall be in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right) or any combination of both, all as the Administrator shall determine. Repricing of stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan shall not be permitted (1) to the extent such action could cause adverse tax consequences to the grantee under Sections 409A or 457A of the Code or (2) without prior shareholder approval, to the extent such approval would be required to be obtained by the Company pursuant to the applicable rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, and any action that would be deemed to result in a Repricing of a stock appreciation right shall be deemed null and void if it would cause such adverse tax consequences or if any requisite shareholder approval related thereto is not obtained prior to the effective time of such action. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right granted in connection with an option, the number of shares subject to the option shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. Upon the exercise of an option in connection with which a stock appreciation right has been granted, the number of shares subject to the stock appreciation right shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the option is exercised.

(d) Option Exercise Price . Each Award Agreement with respect to an option shall set forth the Exercise Price of such Award and, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement, the Exercise Price of an option shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant; provided that in no event may such Exercise Price be less than the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant and (ii) the par value of a share of Common Stock. Repricing of options granted under the Plan shall not be permitted (1) to the extent such action could cause adverse tax consequences to the grantee under Sections 409A or 457A of the Code or (2) without prior shareholder approval, to

 

9


the extent such approval would be required to be obtained by the Company pursuant to the applicable rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, and any action that would be deemed to result in a Repricing of an option shall be deemed null and void if it would cause such adverse tax consequences or if any requisite shareholder approval related thereto is not obtained prior to the effective time of such action.

 

2.3. Exercise of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Subject to the other provisions of this Article II and the Plan, each option and stock appreciation right granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

(a) Timing and Extent of Exercise . Options and stock appreciation rights shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the corresponding Award Agreement, but in no event shall any portion of such Award be exercisable subsequent to the tenth anniversary of the date on which such Award was granted. Unless the applicable Award Agreement otherwise provides, an option or stock appreciation right may be exercised from time to time as to all or part of the shares as to which such Award is then exercisable.

(b) Notice of Exercise . An option or stock appreciation right shall be exercised by the filing of a written notice with the Company or the Company’s designated exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”), on such form and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe.

(c) Payment of Exercise Price . Any written notice of exercise of an option shall be accompanied by payment for the shares being purchased. Such payment shall be made: (i) by certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its Exchange Agent) for the full option Exercise Price; (ii) with the consent of the Administrator, which consent shall be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator, by delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the exercise date) equal to all or part of the option Exercise Price and a certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its Exchange Agent) for any remaining portion of the full option Exercise Price; or (iii) at the sole discretion of the Administrator and to the extent permitted by law, by such other provision, consistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe (whether directly or indirectly through the Exchange Agent), or by any combination of the foregoing payment methods.

(d) Delivery of Certificates Upon Exercise . Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13, promptly after receiving payment of the full option Exercise Price, or after receiving notice of the exercise of a stock appreciation right for which the Administrator determines payment will be made partly or entirely in shares, the Company or its Exchange Agent shall (i) deliver to the grantee, or to such other Person as may then have the right to exercise the Award, a certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock for which the Award has been exercised or, in the case of stock appreciation rights, for which the Administrator determines will be made in shares or (ii) establish an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form. If the method of payment employed upon an option exercise so requires, and if applicable law permits, an optionee may direct the Company or its Exchange Agent, as the case may be, to deliver the stock certificate(s) to the optionee’s stockbroker.

 

10


(e) No Stockholder Rights . No grantee of an option or stock appreciation right (or other Person having the right to exercise such Award) shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares subject to such Award until the issuance of a stock certificate to such Person for such shares. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5(c), no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

2.4. Termination of Employment/Service; Death Subsequent to a Termination of Employment/Service

(a) General Rule . Except to the extent otherwise provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) of this Section 2.4 or Section 3.5(b)(iii), a grantee who incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may exercise any outstanding option or stock appreciation right on the following terms and conditions: (i) exercise may be made only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the Award on the date of termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship, as applicable; and (ii) exercise must occur within three months after termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship but in no event after the original expiration date of the Award; it being understood that then outstanding options and stock appreciation rights shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(b) Dismissal “for Cause” . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates “for Cause”, all options and stock appreciation rights not theretofore exercised shall immediately terminate upon such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship.

(c) Retirement . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her retirement (as defined below), then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such retirement, remain exercisable for a period of three years after such retirement; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award. For this purpose, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, “retirement” shall mean a grantee’s resignation of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, with the Company’s or its applicable Affiliate’s prior consent, on or after (i) his or her 65th birthday, (ii) the date on which he or she has attained age 60 and completed at least five years of service with the Company or one or more of its Affiliates (using any method of calculation the Administrator deems appropriate) or (iii) if approved by the Administrator, on or after his or her having completed at least 20 years of service with the Company or one or more of its Affiliates (using any method of calculation the Administrator deems appropriate).

 

11


(d) Disability . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates by reason of a Disability, then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination, remain exercisable for a period of one year after such termination; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award.

(e) Death .

(i) Termination of Employment/Service as a Result of Grantee’s Death . If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death, then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such death, remain exercisable for a period of one year after such death; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award.

(ii) Restrictions on Exercise Following Death . Any such exercise of an Award following a grantee’s death shall be made only by the grantee’s executor or administrator or other duly appointed representative reasonably acceptable to the Administrator, unless the grantee’s will specifically disposes of such Award, in which case such exercise shall be made only by the recipient of such specific disposition. If a grantee’s personal representative or the recipient of a specific disposition under the grantee’s will shall be entitled to exercise any Award pursuant to the preceding sentence, such representative or recipient shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement which would have applied to the grantee.

(f) Administrator Discretion . The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4.

 

2.5. Transferability of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement evidencing an option or stock appreciation right, during the lifetime of a grantee, each such Award granted to a grantee shall be exercisable only by the grantee, and no such Award may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Administrator may, in any applicable Award Agreement evidencing an option or stock appreciation right, permit a grantee to transfer all or some of the options or stock appreciation rights to (a) the grantee’s spouse, children or grandchildren (“Immediate Family Members”), (b) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members or (c) other parties approved by the Administrator. Following any such transfer, any transferred options and stock appreciation rights shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer.

 

2.6. Grant of Restricted Stock

(a) Restricted Stock Grants . The Administrator may grant restricted shares of Common Stock to such Key Persons, in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture

 

12


provisions and other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. A grantee of a restricted stock Award shall have no rights with respect to such Award unless such grantee accepts the Award within such period as the Administrator shall specify by accepting delivery of a restricted stock Award Agreement in such form as the Administrator shall determine.

(b) Issuance of Stock Certificate . Promptly after a grantee accepts a restricted stock Award in accordance with Section 2.6(a), subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13, the Company or its Exchange Agent shall issue to the grantee a stock certificate or stock certificates for the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award or shall establish an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form. Upon the issuance of such stock certificates, or establishment of such account, the grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock, subject to: (i) the nontransferability restrictions and forfeiture provisions described in the Plan (including paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Section 2.6); (ii) in the Administrator’s sole discretion, a requirement, as set forth in the Award Agreement, that any dividends paid on such shares shall be held in escrow and, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, shall remain forfeitable until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed; and (iii) any other restrictions and conditions contained in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c) Custody of Stock Certificate . Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, any stock certificates issued evidencing shares of restricted stock shall remain in the possession of the Company (or such other custodian as may be designated by the Administrator) until such shares are free of any restrictions specified in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may direct that such stock certificates bear a legend setting forth the applicable restrictions on transferability.

(d) Nontransferability . Shares of restricted stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of prior to the lapsing of all restrictions thereon, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates (which may depend upon or be related to the attainment of performance goals and other conditions) on which the nontransferability of the restricted stock shall lapse.

(e) Consequence of Termination of Employment/Service . Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) a grantee’s termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any reason other than death or Disability shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship and (ii) if a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death or Disability, all shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately vest as of such date; it being understood that then outstanding restricted stock Awards shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, all dividends paid on shares forfeited under this Section 2.6(e)

 

13


that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee shall also be forfeited, whether by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise. The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(e).

 

2.7. Grant of Restricted Stock Units

(a) Restricted Stock Unit Grants . The Administrator may grant restricted stock units to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. A restricted stock unit granted under the Plan shall confer upon the grantee a right to receive from the Company, conditioned upon the occurrence of such vesting event as shall be determined by the Administrator and specified in the Award Agreement, the number of such grantee’s restricted stock units that vest upon the occurrence of such vesting event multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of vesting. Payment upon vesting of a restricted stock unit shall be in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of vesting) or both, all as the Administrator shall determine, and such payments shall be made to the grantee at such time as provided in the Award Agreement, which the Administrator shall intend to be (i) if Section 409A of the Code is applicable to the grantee, within the period required by Section 409A such that it qualifies as a “short-term deferral” pursuant to Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, unless the Administrator shall provide for deferral of the Award intended to comply with Section 409A, (ii) if Section 457A of the Code is applicable to the grantee, within the period required by Section 457A(d)(3)(B) such that it qualifies for the exemption thereunder, or (iii) if Sections 409A and 457A of the Code are not applicable to the grantee, at such time as determined by the Administrator.

(b) Dividend Equivalents . The Administrator may include in any Award Agreement with respect to a restricted stock unit a dividend equivalent right entitling the grantee to receive amounts equal to the ordinary dividends that would be paid, during the time such Award is outstanding and unvested, and/or, if payment of the vested Award is deferred, during the period of such deferral following such vesting event, on the shares of Common Stock underlying such Award if such shares were then outstanding. In the event such a provision is included in a Award Agreement, the Administrator shall determine whether such payments shall be (i) paid to the holder of the Award, as specified in the Award Agreement, either (A) at the same time as the underlying dividends are paid, regardless of the fact that the restricted stock unit has not theretofore vested, (B) at the time at which the Award’s vesting event occurs, conditioned upon the occurrence of the vesting event, (C) once the Award has vested, at the same time as the underlying dividends are paid, regardless of the fact that payment of the vested restricted stock unit has been deferred, and/or (D) at the time at which the corresponding vested restricted stock units are paid, (ii) made in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property and (iii) subject to such other vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and as shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(c) Consequence of Termination of Employment/Service . Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) a grantee’s termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any reason other than death or Disability shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all restricted stock

 

14


units that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship and (ii) if a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death or Disability, all restricted stock units that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately vest as of such date; it being understood that then outstanding restricted stock units shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any dividend equivalent rights on any restricted stock units forfeited under this Section 2.7(c) that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee shall also be forfeited, whether by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise. The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7(c).

(d) No Stockholder Rights . No grantee of a restricted stock unit shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such Award unless and until a stock certificate is issued with respect to such Award upon the vesting of such Award (it being understood that the Administrator shall determine whether to pay any vested restricted stock unit in the form of cash or Company shares or both), which issuance shall be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5(c), no adjustment to any restricted stock unit shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate, if any, is issued.

(e) Transferability of Restricted Stock Units . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement evidencing a restricted stock unit, no restricted stock unit granted under the Plan may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Administrator may, in any applicable Award Agreement evidencing a restricted stock unit, permit a grantee to transfer all or some of the restricted stock units to (i) the grantee’s Immediate Family Members, (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members or (iii) other parties approved by the Administrator. Following any such transfer, any transferred restricted stock units shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer.

 

2.8. Grant of Unrestricted Stock

The Administrator may grant (or sell at a purchase price at least equal to par value) shares of Common Stock free of restrictions under the Plan to such Key Persons and in such amounts and subject to such forfeiture provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Shares may be thus granted or sold in respect of past services or other valid consideration.

 

2.9. Other Stock-Based Awards

Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 3.16), the Administrator shall have the sole and complete authority to grant to Key Persons other equity-

 

15


based or equity-related Awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine; provided that any such Awards must comply with applicable law and, to the extent deemed desirable by the Administrator, Rule 16b-3.

 

2.10. Dividend Equivalents

Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 3.16), in the discretion of the Administrator, an Award, other than an option or stock appreciation right, may provide the Award recipient with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Administrator, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Award recipient, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award, or reinvestment in additional shares, restricted shares or other Awards.

ARTICLE III.

Miscellaneous

 

3.1. Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Awards

(a) Amendment of the Plan . The Board may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever, except that no such amendment shall materially impair any rights or materially increase any obligations under any Award theretofore made under the Plan without the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the Person having the rights to the Award). For purposes of this Section 3.1, any action of the Board or the Administrator that in any way alters or affects the tax treatment of any Award shall not be considered to materially impair any rights of any grantee.

(b) Stockholder Approval Requirement . If required by applicable rules or regulations of a national securities exchange or the SEC, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval with respect to any amendment to the Plan that (i) expands the types of Awards available under the Plan, (ii) materially increases the aggregate number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, except as permitted pursuant to Section 1.5(c), (iii) materially increases the benefits to participants under the Plan, including any material change to (A) permit, or that has the effect of, a Repricing of any outstanding Award, (B) reduce the price at which shares or options to purchase shares may be offered or (C) extend the duration of the Plan, or (iv) materially expands the class of Persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

(c) Modification of Awards . The Administrator may cancel any Award under the Plan. The Administrator also may amend any outstanding Award Agreement, including, without limitation, by amendment which would: (i) accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes unrestricted, vested or may be exercised; (ii) waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in the Award Agreement; or (iii) waive or amend the operation of Sections 2.4, 2.6(e) or 2.7(c) with respect to the termination of the Award upon termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship or dismissal from the Board; provided , however , that no such amendment shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Award. However, any such cancellation or amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 1.5, 3.5 or 3.16) that materially impairs the rights or materially increases the

 

16


obligations of a grantee under an outstanding Award shall be made only with the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the Person having the right to exercise the Award). In making any modification to an Award ( e.g. , an amendment resulting in a direct or indirect reduction in the Exercise Price or a waiver or modification under Section 2.4(f), 2.6(e) or 2.7(c)), the Administrator may consider the implications, if any, of such modification under the Code with respect to Sections 409A and 457A of the Code with respect to Awards granted under the Plan to individuals subject to such provisions of the Code.

 

3.2. Consent Requirement

(a) No Plan Action Without Required Consent . If the Administrator shall at any time determine that any Consent (as defined below) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award under the Plan, the issuance or purchase of shares or other rights thereunder, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action being hereinafter referred to as a “Plan Action”), then such Plan Action shall not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such Consent shall have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Administrator.

(b) Consent Defined . The term “Consent” as used herein with respect to any Plan Action means (i) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation, (ii) any and all written agreements and representations by the grantee with respect to the disposition of shares, or with respect to any other matter, which the Administrator shall deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made and (iii) any and all consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan Action by any governmental or other regulatory bodies.

 

3.3. Nonassignability

Except as provided in Sections 2.4(e), 2.5, 2.6(d) or 2.7(e), (a) no Award or right granted to any Person under the Plan or under any Award Agreement shall be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (b) all rights granted under the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be exercisable during the life of the grantee only by the grantee or the grantee’s legal representative or the grantee’s permissible successors or assigns (as authorized and determined by the Administrator). All terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors or assigns.

 

3.4. Taxes

(a) Withholding . A grantee or other Award holder under the Plan shall be required to pay, in cash, to the Company, and the Company and its Affiliates shall have the right and are hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to such grantee or other Award holder, the amount of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its grant, its exercise, its vesting, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for payment of such taxes. Whenever shares of Common Stock are to be delivered

 

17


pursuant to an Award under the Plan, with the approval of the Administrator, which the Administrator shall have sole discretion whether or not to give, the grantee may satisfy the foregoing condition by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery shares having a value equal to the amount of minimum tax required to be withheld. Such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such a withholding election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the shares to be delivered pursuant to an Award as may be approved by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(b) Liability for Taxes . Grantees and holders of Awards are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may arise in connection with Awards (including, without limitation, any taxes arising under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code) and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold any such Person harmless from any or all of such taxes. The Administrator shall have the discretion to organize any deferral program, to require deferral election forms, and to grant or, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to unilaterally modify any Award in a manner that (i) conforms with the requirements of Sections 409A and 457A of the Code (to the extent applicable), (ii) voids any participant election to the extent it would violate Sections 409A or 457A of the Code (to the extent applicable) and (iii) for any distribution event or election that could be expected to violate Section 409A of the Code, make the distribution only upon the earliest of the first to occur of a “permissible distribution event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code or a distribution event that the participant elects in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Administrator shall have the sole discretion to interpret the requirements of the Code, including, without limitation, Sections 409A and 457A, for purposes of the Plan and all Awards.

 

3.5. Change in Control

(a) Change in Control Defined . Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, for purposes of the Plan, “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act), company or other entity acquires “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company; provided, however, that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event of such an acquisition by (A) the Company, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any company or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition;

(ii) the sale of all or substantially all the Company’s assets in one or more related transactions to any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act), company or other entity; provided , however , that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event of such a sale (A) to a Subsidiary which does not involve a material change in the equity holdings of the Company, or (B) to an entity (the “Acquiring Entity”) which has acquired all or

 

18


substantially all the Company’s assets if, immediately following such sale, 50% or more of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Acquiring Entity (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Acquiring Entity) is beneficially owned by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such sale in substantially the same proportions as the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such sale;

(iii) any merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event 50% or more of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the surviving entity (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the surviving entity) is beneficially owned by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such event in substantially the same proportions as the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such event;

(iv) the approval by the Company’s stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(v) during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months, individuals:

(A) who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period, or

(B) whose election or nomination for election to the Board was recommended or approved by at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period, or whose election or nomination for election were so approved,

shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, for each Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred under this Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code, provided that such limitation shall apply to such Award only to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax effects under Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Effect of a Change in Control . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise in an Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control:

(i) notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, any Award then outstanding shall become fully vested and any forfeiture provisions thereon imposed pursuant to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall lapse and any Award in the form of an option or stock appreciation right shall be immediately exercisable;

 

19


(ii) to the extent permitted by law and not otherwise limited by the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may amend any Award Agreement in such manner as it deems appropriate;

(iii) a grantee who incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship for any reason, other than a termination or dismissal “for Cause”, concurrent with or within one year following the Change in Control may exercise any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, but only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the Award on the date of his or her termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship, until the earlier of (A) the original expiration date of the Award and (B) the later of (x) the date provided for under the terms of Section 2.4 without reference to this Section 3.5(b)(iii) and (y) the first anniversary of the grantee’s termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship.

(c) Miscellaneous . Whenever deemed appropriate by the Administrator, any action referred to in paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section 3.5 may be made conditional upon the consummation of the applicable Change in Control transaction. For purposes of the Plan and any Award Agreement granted hereunder, the term “Company” shall include any successor to Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

 

3.6. Operation and Conduct of Business

Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company or any Affiliate from taking any action with respect to the operation and conduct of their business that they deem appropriate or in their best interests, including any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, exchanges or other changes in the capital structure of the Company or any Affiliate, any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, any issuance of Company shares or other securities or subscription rights, any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock or other securities or rights thereof, any dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

3.7. No Rights to Awards

No Key Person or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan.

 

3.8. Right of Discharge Reserved

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any grantee the right to continue his or her employment with the Company or any Affiliate, his or her consultancy/service relationship with the Company or any Affiliate, or his or her position as a director of the Company, or affect any right that the Company or any Affiliate may have to terminate such employment or consultancy/service relationship or service as a director.

 

20


3.9. Non-Uniform Determinations

The Administrator’s determinations and the treatment of Key Persons and grantees and their beneficiaries under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made and determined by the Administrator selectively among Persons who receive, or who are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (a) the Persons to receive Awards under the Plan, (b) the types of Awards granted under the Plan, (c) the number of shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated with respect to, Awards and (d) the terms and conditions of Awards.

 

3.10. Other Payments or Awards

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any Person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.

 

3.11. Headings

Any section, subsection, paragraph or other subdivision headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to expand, limit or otherwise define the contents of such subdivisions.

 

3.12. Effective Date and Term of Plan

(a) Adoption; Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board on 30 September 2013. The Board may, but need not, make the granting of any Awards under the Plan subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

(b) Termination of Plan . The Board may terminate the Plan at any time. All Awards made under the Plan prior to its termination shall remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements. No Awards may be granted under the Plan following the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board.

 

3.13. Restriction on Issuance of Stock Pursuant to Awards

The Company shall not permit any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan unless such shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable under applicable law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, at the time of the exercise of any Award, at the time of vesting of any Award, at the time of payment of shares of Common Stock in exchange for, or in cancellation of, any Award, or at the time of grant of any unrestricted shares under the Plan, the Company and the Administrator may, if either shall deem it necessary or advisable for any reason, require the holder of an Award (a) to represent in writing to the Company that it is the Award holder’s then-intention to acquire the shares with respect to which the Award is granted for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof or (b) to postpone the date of exercise until such time as the Company has available for delivery to the Award holder a prospectus meeting the

 

21


requirements of all applicable securities laws; and no shares shall be issued or transferred in connection with any Award unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and the Administrator. The Company and the Administrator shall have the right to condition any issuance of shares to any Award holder hereunder on such Person’s undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on the subsequent transfer of such shares as the Company or the Administrator shall deem necessary or advisable as a result of any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof, and all share certificates delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company or the Administrator may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, and any applicable securities or other laws, and certificates representing such shares may contain a legend to reflect any such restrictions. The Administrator may refuse to issue or transfer any shares or other consideration under an Award if it determines that the issuance or transfer of such shares or other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a grantee or other Award holder in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant grantee or other Award holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted under the Plan shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Administrator has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of any applicable securities laws.

 

3.14. Requirement of Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code

If an Award recipient, in connection with the acquisition of Company shares under the Plan, makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code), the grantee shall notify the Administrator of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

3.15. Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Administrator, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Administrator, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3.16. Sections 409A and 457A

To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Administrator determines

 

22


that any Award may be subject to Section 409A or 457A of the Code, the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Plan and Award from Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code.

 

3.17. Forfeiture; Clawback

The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement that any realized gain with respect to options or stock appreciation rights and any realized value with respect to other Awards shall be subject to forfeiture or clawback, in the event of (a) a grantee’s breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, (b) a grantee’s breach of any employment or consulting agreement with the Company or any Affiliate, (c) a grantee’s termination for Cause or (d) a financial restatement that reduces the amount of bonus or incentive compensation (including any compensation under the Plan) previously awarded to a grantee that would have been earned had results been properly reported.

 

3.18. No Trust or Fund Created

Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and an Award recipient or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

3.19. No Fractional Shares

No fractional shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Administrator shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

 

3.20. Governing Law

The Plan will be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

 

23

Exhibit 14.1

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Board of Directors of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) for all of the Company’s employees, directors, officers and agents (“Employees”).

 

I. Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when an Employee’s private interests interfere, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. While it is not possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise, Employees must never use or attempt to use their position with the Company to obtain improper personal benefits. Any Employee who is aware of a conflict of interest, or is concerned that a conflict might develop, should discuss the matter with the Audit Committee or the office of the General Counsel immediately.

 

II. Corporate Opportunities

Employees owe a duty to advance the legitimate interests of the Company when the opportunities to do so arise. Employees may not take for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position.

 

III. Confidentiality and Privacy

It is important that Employees protect the confidentiality of Company information. Employees may have access to proprietary and confidential information concerning the Company’s business, clients and suppliers. Confidential information includes such items as non-public information concerning the Company’s business, financial results and prospects and potential corporate transactions. Employees are required to keep such information confidential during employment as well as thereafter, and not to use, disclose, or communicate that confidential information other than in the course of employment. The consequences to the Company and the Employee concerned can be severe where there is unauthorized disclosure of any non-public, privileged or proprietary information. To ensure the confidentiality of any personal information collected and to comply with applicable laws, any Employee in possession of non-public, personal information about the Company’s customers, potential customers, or Employees, must maintain the highest degree of confidentiality and must not disclose any personal information unless authorization is obtained.

 

1


IV. Honest and Fair Dealing

Employees must endeavor to deal honestly, ethically and fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No Employee should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfairdealing practice. Honest conduct is considered to be conduct that is free from fraud or deception. Ethical conduct is considered to be conduct conforming to accepted professional standards of conduct.

 

V. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

The Company’s assets are only to be used for legitimate business purposes and only by authorized Employees or their designees. This applies to tangible assets (such as office equipment, telephone, copy machines, etc.) and intangible assets (such as trade secrets and confidential information). Employees have a responsibility to protect the Company’s assets from theft and loss and to ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. If you become aware of theft, waste or misuse of the Company’s assets you should report this to your manager.

 

VI. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

It is the Company’s policy to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is the personal responsibility of each Employee to adhere to the standards and restrictions imposed by those laws, rules and regulations, and in particular, those relating to accounting and auditing matters. Any Employee who is unsure whether a situation violates any applicable law, rule, regulation or Company policy should contact the office of the General Counsel.

 

VII. Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery

The UK Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act”) and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) (together the “Anti-Corruption Legislation”) prohibit the Company and its employees and agents (and generally any person performing services on behalf of the Company) from offering, promising or giving money or any other item of value to win or retain business or to influence any act or decision of a third party and, in the case of the Bribery Act, regardless of whether such third party is a public official. Violation of the Bribery Act and/ or the FCPA is a crime that can result in severe fines and criminal penalties for both the relevant individual, the Company its Management and Directors. The Company takes compliance with the Anti-Corruption Legislation very seriously. Accordingly in addition to other existing and future measures the Company has tasked an independent third party auditor to run annual and spot checks aimed at detecting and eventually preventing any impropriety. Employees with specific queries on either the Bribery Act and/ or the FCPA should contact the office of the General Counsel.

 

2


VIII. Securities Trading

Because we are a public company, we are subject to a number of laws concerning the purchase of our shares and other publicly traded securities. Company policy prohibits Employees and their family members from trading securities while in possession of material, non-public information relating to the Company or any other company, including a customer or supplier that has a significant relationship with the Company. Information is “material” when there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in deciding whether to buy, hold or sell securities. In short, any information that could reasonably affect the price of securities is material. Information is considered to be “public” only when it has been released to the public through appropriate channels and enough time has elapsed to permit the investment market to absorb and evaluate the information. If you have any doubt as to whether you possess material nonpublic information, you should contact your manager or contact the office of the General Counsel.

 

IX. Disclosure

Employees are responsible for ensuring that the disclosure in the Company’s periodic reports is full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. In doing so, Employees shall take such action as is reasonably appropriate to (i) establish and comply with disclosure controls and procedures and accounting and financial controls that are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to them; (ii) confirm that the Company’s periodic reports comply with applicable law, rules and regulations; and (iii) ensure that information contained in the Company’s periodic reports fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Employees will not knowingly (i) make, or permit or direct another to make, materially false or misleading entries in the Company’s, or any of its subsidiary’s, financial statements or records; (ii) fail to correct materially false and misleading financial statements or records; (iii) sign, or permit another to sign, a document containing materially false and misleading information; or (iv) falsely respond, or fail to respond, to specific inquiries of the Company’s independent auditor or outside legal counsel.

 

X. Procedures Regarding Waivers

Because of the importance of the matters involved in this Code, waivers will be granted only in limited circumstances and where such circumstances would support a waiver. Waivers of the Code may only be made by the Audit Committee and will be disclosed by the Company.

 

XI. Internal Reporting

Employees shall take all appropriate action to stop any known misconduct by fellow Employees or other Company personnel that violate this Code. Employees shall report any known or suspected misconduct to the Chairman of the Audit Committee or the office of the General Counsel. The Company will not retaliate or allow retaliation for reports made in good faith.

 

3

Exhibit 21.1

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

SBI Antares Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Athena Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Bravo Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Cakewalk Shipbuilding Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Capoeira Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Carioca Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Cherleston Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Cronos Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Electra Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Flamenco Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Hera Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Hercules Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Hydra Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Hyperion Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Kratos Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Lambada Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Leo Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Lyra Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Macarena Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Maia Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Merengue Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Orion Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Pegasus Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Perseus Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Phoebe Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Phoenix Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Poseisdon Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Rock Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Rumba Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Salsa Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Samba Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Samson Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Subaru Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Tethys Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Thalia Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Twist Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Ursa Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

SBI Zeus Shipping Company Limited

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Scorpio SALT LLC

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

 

LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F1 of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. of our report dated November 7, 2013, except for Note 4, Note 5 and Note 10, as to which the date is November 25, 2013 relating to the financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

Monaco, Principality of Monaco, November 26, 2013

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

 

LOGO

PricewaterhouseCoopers is represented by PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, 63 rue de Villiers—92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine, France.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, SA, 63, rue de Villiers, 92208 Neuilly-sur-Seine Cedex

Téléphone: +33 (0)1 56 57 58 59, Fax: +33 (0)1 56 57 58 60, www.pwc.fr